RAN14.0
Network Impact Report
Issue
05
Date
2013-06-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address:
Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
[email protected]
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Contents
Contents 1 General Impact...........................................................................................................................2-1 1.1 Version Compatibility ..................................................................................................................... 2-1 1.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................................ 2-1 1.2.1 RNC ...................................................................................................................................... 2-1 1.2.2 NodeB ................................................................................................................................... 2-6 1.2.3 M2000 ................................................................................................................................... 2-6 1.3 Hardware ....................................................................................................................................... 2-7 1.3.1 RNC ...................................................................................................................................... 2-7 1.3.2 NodeB ................................................................................................................................... 2-7 1.3.3 M2000 ................................................................................................................................... 2-8 1.4 Implementation .............................................................................................................................. 2-8 1.4.1 Upgrade Path ....................................................................................................................... 2-8 1.4.2 Upgrade from RAN13.0 to RAN14.0 .................................................................................... 2-8 1.5 License .......................................................................................................................................... 2-8 1.5.1 Permanent and Temporary License Authorization Mechanism ............................................ 2-9 1.5.2 Changes in the License ........................................................................................................ 2-9 1.6 Inter-NE Interface ........................................................................................................................ 2-11 1.7 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................................ 2-12 1.8 Impact on Other NEs ................................................................................................................... 2-12
2 Summary of Feature Impacts.................................................................................................2-1 3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0 .........................................................................3-1 3.1 WRFD-140101 System Improvements for RAN14.0 (New/Basic) ................................................ 3-1 3.1.1 Description ............................................................................................................................ 3-1 3.1.2 Capacity and Performance ................................................................................................... 3-1 3.1.3 Impact on NEs ...................................................................................................................... 3-1 3.1.4 Hardware .............................................................................................................................. 3-1 3.1.5 Inter-NE Interface ................................................................................................................. 3-1 3.1.6 Operation and Maintenance ................................................................................................. 3-2 3.1.7 Impact on Other Features..................................................................................................... 3-2 3.2 MRFD-210304 Enhanced Fault Management (Enhanced/Basic) ................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Description ............................................................................................................................ 3-2 3.2.2 Capacity and Performance ................................................................................................... 3-3 3.2.3 Impact on NEs ...................................................................................................................... 3-3 3.2.4 Hardware .............................................................................................................................. 3-3 3.2.5 Inter-NE Interface ................................................................................................................. 3-3 3.2.6 Operation and Maintenance ................................................................................................. 3-3 3.2.7 Impact on Other Features..................................................................................................... 3-4 3.3 WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell (Enhanced/Optional) ........................................................................................................................... 3-4
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
i
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Contents
3.3.1 Description ............................................................................................................................ 3-4 3.3.2 Capacity and Performance ................................................................................................... 3-4 3.3.3 Impact on NEs ...................................................................................................................... 3-5 3.3.4 Impact on Hardware ............................................................................................................. 3-5 3.3.5 Inter-NE Interface ................................................................................................................. 3-5 3.3.6 Operation and Maintenance ................................................................................................. 3-5 3.3.7 Impact on Other Features..................................................................................................... 3-5 3.4 WRFD-020111 One Tunnel (Enhanced/Optional) ......................................................................... 3-6 3.4.1 Description ............................................................................................................................ 3-6 3.4.2 Capacity and Performance ................................................................................................... 3-6 3.4.3 Impact on NEs ...................................................................................................................... 3-6 3.4.4 Impact on Hardware ............................................................................................................. 3-6 3.4.5 Inter-NE Interface ................................................................................................................. 3-6 3.4.6 Operation and Maintenance ................................................................................................. 3-7 3.4.7 Impact on Other Features..................................................................................................... 3-7 3.5 MRFD-210103 Link Aggregation (Enhanced/Basic) ..................................................................... 3-7 3.5.1 Description ............................................................................................................................ 3-7 3.5.2 Capacity and Performance ................................................................................................... 3-8 3.5.3 Impact on NEs ...................................................................................................................... 3-8 3.5.4 Impact on Hardware ............................................................................................................. 3-8 3.5.5 Inter-NE Interface ................................................................................................................. 3-8 3.5.6 Operation and Maintenance ................................................................................................. 3-8 3.5.7 Impact on Other Features..................................................................................................... 3-9 3.6 WRFD-030004 Adaptive Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate (New/Optional) ............................ 3-9 3.6.1 Description ............................................................................................................................ 3-9 3.6.2 Capacity and Performance ................................................................................................... 3-9 3.6.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................... 3-10 3.6.4 Hardware ............................................................................................................................ 3-10 3.6.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................... 3-10 3.6.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................... 3-10 3.6.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................... 3-11 3.7 WRFD-140206 Layered Paging in URA_PCH (New/Optional) ................................................... 3-11 3.7.1 Description .......................................................................................................................... 3-11 3.7.2 Capacity and Performance ................................................................................................. 3-11 3.7.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................... 3-12 3.7.4 Hardware ............................................................................................................................ 3-12 3.7.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................... 3-12 3.7.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................... 3-12 3.7.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................... 3-13 3.8 WRFD-140213 Intelligent Access Class Control (New/Optional) ............................................... 3-13 3.8.1 Description .......................................................................................................................... 3-13 3.8.2 Capacity and Performance ................................................................................................. 3-14
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
ii
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Contents
3.8.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................... 3-14 3.8.4 Hardware ............................................................................................................................ 3-14 3.8.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................... 3-14 3.8.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................... 3-15 3.8.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................... 3-17 3.9 WRFD-140201 AMR Voice Quality Improvement Based on PLVA (New/Optional) .................... 3-18 3.9.1 Description .......................................................................................................................... 3-18 3.9.2 Capacity and Performance ................................................................................................. 3-19 3.9.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................... 3-19 3.9.4 Hardware ............................................................................................................................ 3-19 3.9.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................... 3-19 3.9.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................... 3-20 3.9.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................... 3-20 3.10 WRFD-140205 Voice Service Experience Improvement for Weak Reception UEs (New/Optional) ........................................................................................................................................................... 3-20 3.10.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-20 3.10.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-20 3.10.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-21 3.10.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-21 3.10.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-21 3.10.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-21 3.10.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-24 3.11 WRFD-140219 Micro NodeB Self-Planning (New/Optional) ..................................................... 3-24 3.11.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-24 3.11.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-24 3.11.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-24 3.11.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-24 3.11.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-25 3.11.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-25 3.11.7 Impact on Other Features ................................................................................................. 3-25 3.12 WRFD-140222 Adaptive Adjustment of HSUPA Small Target Retransmissions(Try) (New/Optional) .................................................................................................................................. 3-25 3.12.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-25 3.12.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-26 3.12.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-26 3.12.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-26 3.12.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-26 3.12.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-26 3.12.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-27 3.13 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location (New/Optional)............................. 3-27 3.13.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-27 3.13.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-27
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
iii
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Contents
3.13.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-28 3.13.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-28 3.13.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-28 3.13.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-28 3.13.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-28 3.14 WRFD-140204 DC-HSUPA (New/Optional) .............................................................................. 3-29 3.14.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-29 3.14.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-29 3.14.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-30 3.14.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-30 3.14.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-30 3.14.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-32 3.14.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-36 3.15 WRFD-140203 HSPA+ Uplink 23 Mbit/s per User (New/Optional) ........................................... 3-36 3.15.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-36 3.15.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-36 3.15.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-36 3.15.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-36 3.15.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-37 3.15.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-37 3.15.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-37 3.16 WRFD-01061002 HSUPA UE Category Support (Enhanced/Optional) .................................... 3-37 3.16.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-37 3.16.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-37 3.16.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-37 3.16.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-38 3.16.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-38 3.16.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-38 3.16.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-38 3.17 WRFD-140202 Control Channel Parallel Interference Cancellation (Phase 2)(New/Optional) 3-38 3.17.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-38 3.17.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-39 3.17.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-39 3.17.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-39 3.17.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-39 3.17.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-39 3.17.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-40 3.18 WRFD-140215 Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period (New/Optional) ....... 3-41 3.18.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-41 3.18.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-41 3.18.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-42 3.18.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-42
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
iv
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Contents
3.18.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-42 3.18.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-42 3.18.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-43 3.19 WRFD-140216 Load-based Uplink Target BLER Configuration (New/Optional) ...................... 3-44 3.19.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-44 3.19.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-44 3.19.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-44 3.19.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-45 3.19.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-45 3.19.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-45 3.19.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-46 3.20 WRFD-140207 Iu/Iur Transmission Resource Pool in RNC (New/Optional) ............................ 3-46 3.20.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-46 3.20.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-47 3.20.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-47 3.20.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-47 3.20.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-47 3.20.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-47 3.20.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-50 3.21 WRFD-140208 Iub Transmission Resource Pool in RNC (New/Optional) ............................... 3-50 3.21.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-50 3.21.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-50 3.21.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-51 3.21.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-51 3.21.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-51 3.21.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-51 3.21.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-55 3.22 WRFD-140223 MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation (New/Optional) ........................................ 3-55 3.22.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-55 3.22.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-56 3.22.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-56 3.22.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-56 3.22.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-56 3.22.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-56 3.22.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-59 3.23 WRFD-140210 NodeB PKI Support (New/Optional)................................................................. 3-59 3.23.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-59 3.23.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-59 3.23.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-60 3.23.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-60 3.23.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-60 3.23.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-60
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
v
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Contents
3.23.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-62 3.24 WRFD-140209 NodeB Integrated IPSec (New/Optional) ......................................................... 3-62 3.24.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-62 3.24.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-62 3.24.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-64 3.24.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-64 3.24.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-64 3.24.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-65 3.24.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-67 3.25 WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface (Enhanced/Optional) ............... 3-67 3.25.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-67 3.25.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-67 3.25.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-67 3.25.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-67 3.25.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-68 3.25.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-68 3.25.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-69 3.26 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE (New/Optional) ................... 3-69 3.26.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-69 3.26.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-69 3.26.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-70 3.26.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-70 3.26.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-70 3.26.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-70 3.26.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-71 3.27 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls (New/Basic) ...................... 3-72 3.27.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-72 3.27.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-72 3.27.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-72 3.27.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-72 3.27.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-72 3.27.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-72 3.27.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-73 3.28 WRFD-140212 CE Overbooking (New/Optional) ...................................................................... 3-73 3.28.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-73 3.28.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-74 3.28.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-75 3.28.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-75 3.28.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-75 3.28.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-75 3.28.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-76 3.29 WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balance (Enhanced/Optional) ...................................... 3-76
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
vi
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Contents
3.29.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-76 3.29.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-77 3.29.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-77 3.29.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-77 3.29.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-77 3.29.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-77 3.29.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-79 3.30 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold (New/Optional) .................................................................................................................................. 3-79 3.30.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-79 3.30.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-80 3.30.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-80 3.30.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-80 3.30.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-80 3.30.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-80 3.30.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-84 3.31 WRFD-020160 Enhanced Multiband Management (Enhanced/Optional) ................................ 3-84 3.31.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-84 3.31.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-84 3.31.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-85 3.31.4 Impact on Hardware ......................................................................................................... 3-85 3.31.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-85 3.31.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-85 3.31.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-87 3.32 WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management (Enhanced/Optional) ........... 3-87 3.32.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-87 3.32.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-87 3.32.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-88 3.32.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-88 3.32.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-88 3.32.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-88 3.32.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-90 3.33 WRFD-020503 Outer Loop Power Control (Enhanced/Basic) .................................................. 3-90 3.33.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-90 3.33.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-91 3.33.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-91 3.33.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-91 3.33.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-91 3.33.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-91 3.33.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-92 3.34 WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment (New/Optional) ............................................. 3-92 3.34.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-92
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
vii
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Contents
3.34.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-93 3.34.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-93 3.34.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-93 3.34.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-93 3.34.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-93 3.34.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-94 3.35 WRFD-140220 Intelligent Battery Management (New/Optional) .............................................. 3-95 3.35.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-95 3.35.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-95 3.35.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-95 3.35.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-95 3.35.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-95 3.35.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-95 3.35.7 Impact on Other Features................................................................................................. 3-96 3.36 WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance (New/Optional) ................ 3-96 3.36.1 Description ........................................................................................................................ 3-96 3.36.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................... 3-96 3.36.3 Impact on NEs .................................................................................................................. 3-97 3.36.4 Hardware .......................................................................................................................... 3-97 3.36.5 Inter-NE Interface ............................................................................................................. 3-97 3.36.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 3-97 3.36.7 Impact on Other Features............................................................................................... 3-101 3.37 WRFD-140224 Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM (New/Optional) ........................................... 3-101 3.37.1 Description ...................................................................................................................... 3-101 3.37.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................. 3-102 3.37.3 Impact on NEs ................................................................................................................ 3-102 3.37.4 Hardware ........................................................................................................................ 3-102 3.37.5 Inter-NE Interface ........................................................................................................... 3-102 3.37.6 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 3-102 3.37.7 Impact on Other Features............................................................................................... 3-104 3.38 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE (New/Try) ..................................................... 3-104 3.38.1 Description ...................................................................................................................... 3-104 3.38.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................. 3-104 3.38.3 Impact on NEs ................................................................................................................ 3-105 3.38.4 Hardware ........................................................................................................................ 3-105 3.38.5 Inter-NE Interface ........................................................................................................... 3-105 3.38.6 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 3-105 3.39 WRFD-150237 Horizontal Beamwidth Adjustment (New/Optional) ........................................ 3-106 3.39.1 Feature Description ........................................................................................................ 3-106 3.39.2 System Capacity and Network Performance.................................................................. 3-106 3.39.3 NEs ................................................................................................................................. 3-107 3.39.4 Hardware ........................................................................................................................ 3-107
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
viii
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Contents
3.39.5 Inter-NE Interface ........................................................................................................... 3-107 3.39.6 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 3-107 3.39.7 Related Features ............................................................................................................ 3-108 3.40 WRFD-150238 Azimuth Adjustment (New/Optional) .............................................................. 3-108 3.40.1 Feature Description ........................................................................................................ 3-108 3.40.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................. 3-109 3.40.3 NEs ................................................................................................................................. 3-109 3.40.4 Hardware ........................................................................................................................ 3-109 3.40.5 Inter-NE Interface ........................................................................................................... 3-109 3.40.6 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 3-109 3.40.7 Related Features ............................................................................................................ 3-110 3.41 WRFD-140103 Call Reestablishment (New/Basic) ................................................................. 3-110 3.41.1 Feature Description ........................................................................................................ 3-110 3.41.2 System Capacity and Network Performance.................................................................. 3-110 3.41.3 NEs .................................................................................................................................. 3-111 3.41.4 Hardware ......................................................................................................................... 3-111 3.41.5 Inter-NE Interfaces .......................................................................................................... 3-111 3.41.6 Operation and Maintenance ............................................................................................ 3-111 3.41.7 Related Features ............................................................................................................ 3-113 3.42 WRFD-140104 Enhanced Combined Services(New/Basic) ................................................... 3-113 3.42.1 Feature Description ........................................................................................................ 3-113 3.42.2 System Capacity and Network Performance.................................................................. 3-114 3.42.3 NEs ................................................................................................................................. 3-114 3.42.4 Hardware ........................................................................................................................ 3-114 3.42.5 Inter-NE Interfaces ......................................................................................................... 3-114 3.42.6 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 3-115 3.42.7 Related Features ............................................................................................................ 3-119 3.43 GSM Power Control on Interference Frequency for GU Small Frequency gap (New/Optional/GU) ......................................................................................................................................................... 3-119 3.43.1 Description ...................................................................................................................... 3-119 3.43.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................. 3-121 3.43.3 Impact on NEs ................................................................................................................ 3-122 3.43.4 Hardware ........................................................................................................................ 3-122 3.43.5 Inter-NE Interface ........................................................................................................... 3-122 3.43.6 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 3-123 3.43.7 Impact on Other Features............................................................................................... 3-125 3.44 Dynamic MA for GU Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (New/Optional/GU) .................................... 3-126 3.44.1 Description ...................................................................................................................... 3-126 3.44.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................. 3-126 3.44.3 Impact on NEs ................................................................................................................ 3-127 3.44.4 Hardware ........................................................................................................................ 3-127 3.44.5 Inter-NE Interface ........................................................................................................... 3-127
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
ix
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Contents
3.44.6 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 3-127 3.44.7 Impact on Other Features............................................................................................... 3-128 3.45 Multi-mode BS Common IPSec (New/Optional/GUL) ............................................................. 3-129 3.45.1 Description ...................................................................................................................... 3-129 3.45.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................. 3-129 3.45.3 Impact on NEs ................................................................................................................ 3-130 3.45.4 Hardware ........................................................................................................................ 3-130 3.45.5 Inter-NE Interface ........................................................................................................... 3-130 3.45.6 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 3-130 3.45.7 Impact on Other Features............................................................................................... 3-130 3.46 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side (Enhanced/Optional/GUL) ..................... 3-131 3.46.1 Description ...................................................................................................................... 3-131 3.46.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................. 3-133 3.46.3 Impact on NEs ................................................................................................................ 3-133 3.46.4 Hardware ........................................................................................................................ 3-133 3.46.5 Inter-NE Interface ........................................................................................................... 3-134 3.46.6 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 3-134 3.46.7 Impact on Other Features............................................................................................... 3-135 3.47 IP-Based Multi-mode Common Clock on BS side (Enhanced/Optional/GUL) ........................ 3-136 3.47.1 Description ...................................................................................................................... 3-136 3.47.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................. 3-138 3.47.3 Impact on NEs ................................................................................................................ 3-138 3.47.4 Inter-NE Interface ........................................................................................................... 3-138 3.47.5 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 3-138 3.47.6 Impact on Other NEs ...................................................................................................... 3-138 3.47.7 Impact on Other Features............................................................................................... 3-138 3.48 Bandwidth sharing of MBTS Multi-mode Co-Transmission (Enhanced/Optional/UL) ............. 3-138 3.48.1 Description ...................................................................................................................... 3-138 3.48.2 Capacity and Performance ............................................................................................. 3-139 3.48.3 Impact on NEs ................................................................................................................ 3-139 3.48.4 Hardware ........................................................................................................................ 3-140 3.48.5 Inter-NE Interface ........................................................................................................... 3-140 3.48.6 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 3-140 3.48.7 Impact on Other Features............................................................................................... 3-140 3.49 Other Impacts .......................................................................................................................... 3-140 3.49.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 3-140 3.49.2 Increased Maximum Number of FACH Users ................................................................ 3-141 3.49.3 Shortened RRC CONNECTION SETUP Message ........................................................ 3-141 3.49.4 Enhanced Call Reestablishment .................................................................................... 3-142 3.49.5 Dynamic Activation Time Adjustment for 13.6 kbit/s Signaling ....................................... 3-142 3.49.6 HSPA Serving Cell Change in Weak-Coverage Scenarios ............................................ 3-143 3.49.7 Canceling of Inter-Frequency Handovers of Speech Services....................................... 3-143
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
x
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Contents
3.49.8 Optimized Control Mechanism for Inter-Frequency Handovers ..................................... 3-143 3.49.9 Asynchronous Reconfiguration for Inter-Frequency Handovers .................................... 3-143 3.49.10 Intelligent Fast State Transition .................................................................................... 3-144 3.49.11 Priorities of Inter-RAT Handovers and Inter-frequency Handovers .............................. 3-145 3.49.12 Optimization for Uplink Power Admission..................................................................... 3-145 3.49.13 Measurement of the Actual Uplink Service Load ......................................................... 3-146 3.49.14 Protection Against Outer-loop Power Control Congestion in the Case of a High RTWP ... 3147 3.49.15 Fast Synchronization on the Physical Layer (L1) ......................................................... 3-147 3.49.16 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return ............................................................................................ 3-147 3.49.17 PS RRC Resource Preemption .................................................................................... 3-148 3.49.18 Initial TTI Selection for Coverage-based BE Services ................................................. 3-149 3.49.19 RSCP-based Cell Reselection ..................................................................................... 3-149 3.49.20 Dynamic BLER Adjustment for AMR Voice Services ................................................... 3-149 3.49.21 Maintenance Mode Alarms ........................................................................................... 3-150 3.49.22 Optimized Mechanism for Handling Major VSWR Alarms ........................................... 3-150 3.49.23 Standby/Active Switchover Time Configured Based on BFD ....................................... 3-151 3.49.24 Optimized Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH ................................................................... 3-151 3.49.25 Inactivity-based F2P ..................................................................................................... 3-152
4 Glossary ......................................................................................................................................4-1 5 Acronyms and Abbreviations ................................................................................................5-1 6 References ..................................................................................................................................6-1
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
xi
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
About This Document
About This Document Purpose This document describes the impact of new and enhanced RAN14.0 features on RAN13.0. This document also provides the required information for network planning personnel and operation and maintenance (O&M) personnel to prepare for upgrades to RAN14.0. This document is for reference purposes only and is subject to change during the development of this new release.
Intended Audience This document is intended for:
Network planning engineers
System engineers
Network operators
Change History Changes between document issues are cumulative. The latest document issue contains all the changes in earlier issues.
05 (2013-06-20) This is the fifth official release of RAN14.0. Compared with issue 04 (2013-05-10), this issue:
Added the network impact of WRFD-150237 Horizontal Beamwidth Adjustment.
Added the network impact of WRFD-150238 Azimuth Adjustment.
Added the network impact of WRFD-140103 Call Reestablishment
Added the network impact of WRFD-140104 Enhanced Combined Services
04 (2013-05-10) This is the fourth official release of RAN14.0. Compared with issue 03 (2012-11-30), this issue:
Added the network impact of WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE.
Added the network impact of Optimized Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH
Added the network impact of Inactivity-based F2P
03 (2012-11-30) This is the third official release of RAN14.0. Compared with issue 02 (2012-07-20), this issue optimizes some descriptions.
02 (2012-07-20) This is the second official release of RAN14.0. Compared with issue 01 (2012-04-30), this issue:
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
i
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
About This Document
Contains the following new information: − Description
of the RRU3942 and RRU3926 added to the DBS3900
− Description
of the new UMTS signaling capacity license
Contains the following changes: − Impact
of the increased maximum number of FACH users on network performance
− Impact
of optimized uplink power admission on network performance
− Impact
of CE Overbooking on network performance.
01 (2012-04-30) This is the first commercial release for RAN14.0. Compared with draft A (2012-02-15), this issue:
Added the following: − Impact
of the increased number of control-plane boards on CPU usage.
− Measurement
of the actual uplink service load.
− WRFD-02040005 − WRFD-140224 − IP-Based
Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance.
Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM.
Multi-mode Common Clock on BS side.
Modified the following: − Description
of SAUc board functions.
− Description
of IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side. For details, see section 3.46 "IPBased Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side (Enhanced/Optional/GUL)."
− Impact
of the WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell feature on other features. For details, see section 3.3.7 "Impact on Other Features."
− Impact
of the WRFD-030004 Adaptive Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate feature on hardware. For details, see section 3.6.4 "Hardware."
− Impact
of the WRFD-140201 AMR Voice Quality Improvement Based on PLVA feature on hardware. For details, see section 3.9.4 "Hardware."
− Impact
of the WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location feature on hardware. For details, see section 3.13.4 "Hardware."
− Impact
of the WRFD-140204 DC-HSUPA feature on hardware. For details, see section 3.14.4 "Hardware."
− Impact
of the WRFD-140203 on HSPA+ Uplink 23 Mbit/s per User feature on hardware. For details, see section 3.15.4 "Hardware."
− Impact
of the WRFD-140202 Control Channel Parallel Interference Cancellation (Phase 2) feature on hardware. For details, see section 3.17.4 "Hardware."
− Impact
of the WRFD-140215 Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period feature on hardware and other features. For details, see sections 3.18.4 "Hardware" and 3.18.7 "Impact on Other Features."
− Impact
of the WRFD-140216 Load-based Uplink Target BLER Configuration feature on hardware and other features. For details, see sections 3.19.4 "Hardware" and 3.19.7 "Impact on Other Features."
− Impact
of the WRFD-140210 NodeB PKI Support feature on hardware and inter-NE interfaces. For details, see sections 3.23.4 "Hardware" and 3.23.5 "Inter-NE Interface."
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
ii
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
About This Document
− Impact
of the WRFD-140209 NodeB Integrated IPSec feature on transmission efficiency, hardware, and operation and maintenance. For details, see sections 3.24.2 "Capacity and Performance", 3.24.3 "Impact on NEs", and 3.24.6 "Operation and Maintenance."
− Impact
of the WRFD-140212 CE Overbooking feature on network performance and hardware. For details, see sections 3.28.2 "Capacity and Performance" and 3.28.4 "Hardware."
− Impact
of the WRFD-020503 Outer Loop Power Control feature on system capacity. For details, see section 3.33.2 "Capacity and Performance."
− Impact
of the WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment feature on hardware. For details, see section 3.34.4 "Hardware."
− Dependency
of the optimized uplink power admission algorithm on hardware and features. For details, see section 3.49.12 "Optimization for Uplink Power Admission."
Deleted the following: − Description
of version support for the iDBS3900.
Draft A (2012-02-15) This is the first draft for RAN14.0.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
iii
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
1 General Impact 1.1 Version Compatibility Table 1-1 lists the products and versions involved in RAN14.0. Table 1-1 Products and versions involved in RAN14.0 Product
Version
RNC
BSC6900 V900R014C00
NodeB
BTS3812 series base stations:
BTS3812E V100R014C00
BTS3812A V100R014C00
BTS3812AE V100R014C00
DBS3800 V100R014C00 BTS3900 series base stations:
BTS3900 WCDMA V200R014C00
BTS3900 WCDMA V200R014C90, which supports the WBBPf board
BTS3900A WCDMA V200R014C00
BTS3900C WCDMA V200R014C00
BTS3900L WCDMA V200R014C00
BTS3900AL WCDMA V200R014C00
BTS3902E WCDMA V200R014C00 DBS3900 series base stations:
DBS3900 WCDMA V200R014C00
DBS3900 WCDMA V200R014C90, which supports the WBBPf board
M2000
iManager M2000 V200R012C00
CME
iManager M2000-CME V200R012C00
1.2 Capacity and Performance 1.2.1 RNC The RNC model for RAN14.0 is BSC6900. Compared with RAN13.0 BSC6900, RAN14.0 BSC6900 has the following advantages and disadvantages:
Increased system capacity
Improved processing for NodeB Application Part (NBAP) signaling
Increased CPU usage caused by control-plane board number increase
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-1
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
NOTE
For details about the BSC6900 specifications, see the SRAN7.0&GBSS14.0&RAN14.0 BSC6900 Product Description.
Increased System Capacity Compared with RAN13.0 BSC6900, RAN14.0 BSC6900 provides increased system capacity for the following:
Busy hour call attempts (BHCA)
Traffic volume (Erlang)
PS data throughput in the uplink and downlink
Table 1-2 lists the capacity specifications of RAN14.0 BSC6900 configured with HW69 R13 boards. Table 1-2 RAN14.0 BSC6900 capacity specifications (with HW69 R13 boards) Item
Specifications
BHCA (k)
5300
BHCA (k) (SMS included)
7000
PS (UL+DL) data throughput (Mbit/s)
40,000
Traffic volume (Erlang)
167,500
NOTE
SMS stands for short message service. In actual networks, these capacity specifications depend on specific traffic models and configurations and cannot reach the maximum capacity simultaneously. To simplify the BHCA comparison between RAN13.0 and RAN14.0, the BHCA specification is provided for the balanced traffic model. For the BHCA specification in other traffic models, see Table 1-4, Table 1-6, and Table 1-8. The PS data throughput is listed based on a traffic rate of 64 kbit/s for the uplink and 384 kbit/s for the downlink.
BSC6900 hardware configurations and capacity specifications vary depending on the traffic models. The following describes the BSC6900 capacity specifications in typical traffic models:
Balanced traffic model This model is applicable in networks that meet both of the following conditions: − Traffic − Voice
volume from cell phones almost equals that from data cards. services and data services are balanced.
Table 1-3 describes the balanced traffic model for the BSC6900 UMTS. Table 1-3 BSC6900 UMTS balanced traffic model (per user during busy hours) Item
Specifications
Description
CS voice traffic volume
20 mE
Adaptive multi-rate (AMR) speech service, 0.96 BHCA
CS data traffic volume
1.5 mE
UL: 64 kbit/s, DL: 64 kbit/s, 0.04 BHCA
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-2
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
Item
Specifications
Description
PS throughput
4500 bit/s
UL: 25 kbit/s, DL: 145 kbit/s, 2 BHCA
Proportion of soft handovers
30%
Proportion of all calls that use two channels simultaneously
Number of handovers per CS call
8
Average number of handovers per CS call
Number of handovers per PS call
5
Average number of handovers per PS call
Number of nonaccess stratum (NAS) procedures
3.6
Number of NAS procedures between the CN and UE, including location area update, international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) attach/detach, routing area update, general packet radio service (GPRS) attach/detach, and SMS
Table 1-4 lists the capacity specifications of a BSC6900 UMTS in typical hardware configurations. In this table, the BSC6900 UMTS is configured with HW69 R13 boards and uses the balanced traffic model. Table 1-4 Capacity specifications of a BSC6900 UMTS in typical hardware configurations (with HW69 R13 boards) Number of subscribers
CS Voice Service Capacity (Erlang)
PS Service Capacity (Iub UL+DL) (Mbit/s)
BHCA (k)
BHCA (k) (SMS Included)
1,760,000
45,738
7,920
5,300
7,000
NOTE
CS voice service capacity and PS service capacity can reach the maximum capacity simultaneously.
High-PS traffic model This model is applicable to networks where data cards make up a large proportion of the total number of admitted terminals. In this model, the PS throughput per user is relatively high. Table 1-5 describes the high-PS traffic model for the BSC6900 UMTS.
Table 1-5 BSC6900 UMTS high-PS traffic model (per user during busy hours) Item
Specificati ons
Description
CS voice traffic volume
3 mE
AMR speech service, 0.144 BHCA
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-3
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
Item
Specificati ons
Description
CS data traffic volume
0.2 mE
UL: 64 kbit/s, DL: 64 kbit/s, 0.0053 BHCA
PS throughput
43,500 bit/s
UL: 64 kbit/s, DL: 384 kbit/s, 3 BHCA
Proportion of soft handovers
30%
Proportion of all calls that use two channels simultaneously
Number of handovers per CS call
8
Average number of handovers per CS call
Number of handovers per PS call
5
Average number of handovers per PS call
Number of NAS procedures
3.6
Number of NAS procedures between the CN and UE, including location area update, IMSI attach/detach, routing area update, GPRS attach/detach, and SMS
Table 1-6 lists the capacity specifications of a BSC6900 UMTS in typical hardware configurations. In this table, the BSC6900 UMTS is configured with HW69 R13 boards and uses the high-PS traffic model. Table 1-6 Capacity specifications of a BSC6900 UMTS in typical hardware configurations (with HW69 R13 boards) Number of Online Users
CS Voice Service Capacity (Erlang)
PS Service Capacity (Iub UL+DL) (Mbit/s)
BHCA (k)
BHCA (k) (SMS Included)
925,000
3606
40,200
2900
3840
NOTE
CS voice service capacity and PS service capacity can reach the maximum capacity simultaneously.
Traffic model for smartphones With the increasing use of smartphones in a network (high smartphone penetration), RAN14.0 introduces the traffic model for smartphones. In this model, the average PS throughput is low and the call access success rate is high. Table 1-7 describes the traffic model for smartphones for the BSC6900 UMTS.
Table 1-7 BSC6900 UMTS traffic model for smartphones (per user during busy hours) Item
Specifications
Description
CS voice traffic volume
31 mE
AMR speech service, 0.8 BHCA
CS data traffic volume
0.1 mE
UL: 64 kbit/s, DL: 64 kbit/s, 0.0001 BHCA
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-4
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
Item
Specifications
Description
PS throughput
1600 bit/s
UL: 1.5 kbit/s, DL: 7.5 kbit/s, 10 BHCA
Proportion of soft handovers
35%
Proportion of all calls that use two channels simultaneously
Number of handovers per CS call
12
Average number of handovers per CS call
Number of handovers per PS call
1
Average number of handovers per PS call
Number of NAS procedures
3.8
Number of NAS procedures between the CN and UE, including location area update, IMSI attach/detach, routing area update, GPRS attach/detach, and SMS
Table 1-8 lists the capacity specifications of a BSC6900 UMTS in typical hardware configurations. In this table, the BSC6900 UMTS is configured with HW69 R13 boards and uses the traffic model for smartphones. Table 1-8 Capacity specifications of a BSC6900 UMTS in typical hardware configurations (with HW69 R13 boards) Number of Online Users
CS Voice Service Capacity (Erlang)
PS Service Capacity (Iub UL+DL) (Mbit/s)
BHCA (k)
BHCA (k) (SMS Included)
1,130,000
47,000
1860
12,800
14,000
NOTE
CS voice service capacity and PS service capacity can reach the maximum capacity simultaneously.
Improved Processing for NBAP Signaling RAN14.0 BSC6900 improves a single NodeB's processing for NBAP signaling, increasing the signaling processing from 360 times per second in RAN13.0 to 1800 times per second in RAN14.0. RAN14.0 BSC6900 enables the NBAP signaling of a single NodeB to be processed among multiple signaling processing unit (SPU) subsystems. This prevents a bottleneck in the processing capability that may occur when a single SPU subsystem is used.
Increased CPU Usage Due to an Increased Number of Control-Plane Boards RAN14.0 BSC6900 supports up to 50 pairs of SPU boards, 20 pairs more than RAN13.0 BSC6900. With the increase in the number of SPU boards, the amount of information to be synchronized inside the BSC6900 increases, leading to a slight rise in the CPU usage of nearly all types of boards in the BSC6900. Table 1-9 describes the approximate rise in the CPU usage of each type of board.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-5
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
Table 1-9 Approximate rise in the CPU usage of each type of board Board Type
Approximate Rise in Absolute CPU Usage
SPUa/SPUb
2%
AEUa/PEUa/UOIa/POUa/AOUa/GOUa/FG2a
2% to 3%
AOUc/POUc/UOIc/GOUc/FG2c
1%
SCUa/SCUb
3% to 4%
DPUb/DPUe
No noticeable changes
1.2.2 NodeB To meet the signaling processing requirements of hot spots with high capacity and increased smartphone penetration, RAN14.0 3900 series base stations provide the following solutions:
Adds the UMPT and UTRPc boards, improving the capability of a single base station to process signaling
Adds the WBBPf board, improving uplink and downlink CE processing capabilities of a BBU3900
Supports BBU3900 interconnection, expanding specifications of a single base station
3900 series base stations are classified into the DBS3900, BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L. Table 1-10 lists the capacity specifications of a single base station with different BBU3900 configurations. Table 1-10 Capacity specifications of a single 3900 series base station with different BBU3900 configurations BBU3900 Configuration
Maximum Number of Uplink CE Resources
Maximum Number of Downlink CE Resources
Maximum Number of Cells
Maximum CNBAP/s
One BBU3900
3072
4608
24
1500
Two interconnected BBU3900s
5632
8448
48
1500
NOTE
For details about the specifications of 3900 series base stations, see the 3900 Series WCDMA Base Station Product Description.
1.2.3 M2000 Compared with iManager M2000 V200R011, iManager M2000 V200R012C00 improves management capability as follows:
For the ATAE-based multi-server load-sharing system (SLS), maximum management capability increases from 400 equivalent network elements (NEs) (20,000 cells) to 800 equivalent NEs (40,000 cells).
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-6
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
For the Sun-based M2000, maximum management capability remains unchanged. The M2000 manages a maximum of 2040 equivalent NEs (102,000 cells).
Performance specifications of iManager M2000 V200R012C00 remain unchanged from those of iManager M2000 V200R011.
1.3 Hardware 1.3.1 RNC Compared with RAN13.0 BSC6900, RAN14.0 BSC6900 introduces a new board, SAUc. Table 1-11 describes the SAUc board. Table 1-11 SAUc board Board Type
Board Name
Function
Operation and maintenance
SAUc
The SAUc board uses the HW69 R13 hardware version. It is a service perception unit and has the following functions:
Collects raw data for the call history record (CHR).
Preprocesses raw data and saves preprocessed data.
Uploads preprocessed data to the Nastar.
This board is a mandatory component for most Nastar features.
For details about the SAUc board, see the RAN14.0 BSC6900 UMTS product documentation.
1.3.2 NodeB RAN14.0 NodeB includes the following hardware changes:
Ceased the support of the following models: − BBU3806C
Added the following models: − BTS3900AL. As
an integrated outdoor macro base station, the BTS3900AL supports three modes and five frequency bands for one cabinet and supports macro-coverage scenarios with multiple modes and frequency bands.
− BTS3902E. As
a pico base station, the BTS3902E is used to fill the holes in coverage for hot spots.
Added the RRU3942 and RRU3926 to the DBS3900 in GUL triple-mode and GU dual-mode applications, respectively. For details, see the RAN14.0 3900 Series WCDMA NodeB Product Documentation.
Added the following BBU3900 boards: UMPT, UTRPc, and WBBPf. These boards are described in Table 1-12. For details, see the RAN14.0 3900 Series WCDMA NodeB Product Documentation.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-7
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
Table 1-12 New BBU3900 boards Board Type
Board Name
Function
Main processing and transmission
UMPT
Provides higher signaling processing and transmission capabilities than the WMPT board and supports Internet Protocol Security (IPSec).
Transmission processing
UTRPc
Supports FE/GE transmission and IPSec.
Provides higher signaling processing and transmission capabilities than the UTRP board that supports FE/GE transmission.
Baseband processing
WBBPf
Increases signaling processing capability and CE capacity, and supports BBU interconnection and simultaneous capacity expansion of two uplink resource groups.
There are four types of WBBPf boards with different CE capacity specifications in RAN14.0.
1.3.3 M2000 The iManager M2000 V200R011 hardware remains unchanged from that of iManager M2000 V200R012C00.
1.4 Implementation 1.4.1 Upgrade Path In a live network, RAN13.0 can be upgraded to RAN14.0. Versions earlier than RAN13.0 must be upgraded to RAN13.0 before being upgraded to RAN14.0.
1.4.2 Upgrade from RAN13.0 to RAN14.0 Before upgrading from RAN13.0 to RAN14.0, ensure that all required hardware has been installed and licenses that allow the required network capacity have been obtained. Then perform the upgrade in the following order: 1. Upgrade the M2000 to iManager M2000 V200R012C00. 2. Upgrade the CME to iManager M2000-CMEV200R012C00. 3. Upgrade the BSC6900 to BSC6900 V900R014C00. 4. Upgrade the NodeB to a corresponding RAN14.0 version listed in Table 1-1.
1.5 License Compared with RAN13.0, RAN14.0 incorporates the following license changes:
Introduces an optional permanent and temporary license authorization mechanism.
Modifies license control items.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-8
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
1.5.1 Permanent and Temporary License Authorization Mechanism If the permanent and temporary license authorization mechanism is not used, the license authorization remains unchanged before and after an upgrade. With this mechanism, temporarily licensed resources can be used until the temporary license expires. Permanent and temporary licenses can work concurrently. Expiration of a temporary system resource license has no effect on the availability of permanently licensed system resources. To mitigate the impact on the network, the system displays a warning before a temporary license expires and disables the temporary license during low traffic hours, for example, late at night. Compared with RAN13.0, RAN14.0 enables separate management of permanent and temporary licenses, which ensures user rights and network security. To implement this mechanism, users need to plan and configure the cells where a temporary license is required and load new license files. A new license must be obtained before the temporary license expires.
For long-term use, a permanent license is required.
For short-term use, a temporary license is sufficient.
If users fail to obtain the new license before the temporary license expires, available system resources decrease, leading to a decrease in network capacity and deterioration in performance. For details about this mechanism, see the License Management Feature Parameter Description. NOTE
Coverage holes will occur in areas covered only by temporary licenses if the licenses are not renewed or replaced.
1.5.2 Changes in the License Compared with RAN13.0, RAN14.0 incorporates the following license changes:
Modified license control items for existing features, as described in Table 1-13.
Table 1-13 License control items modified or deleted in RAN14.0 Feature ID
Feature Name
License Change
WRFD01061212 (WRFD010637 in RAN13.0)
HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion
This feature was not under license control in RAN13.0. In RAN14.0, this feature is combined to the WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package feature and is under license control.
WRFD-020105
Potential User Control
This feature has been changed from an optional feature to a basic feature. The control item corresponding to this feature has been deleted.
WRFD-021102
Cell Barring
This feature has been changed from an optional feature to a basic feature. The control item corresponding to this feature has been deleted.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-9
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
Feature ID
Feature Name
License Change
WRFD-010506
RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface
This feature has been changed from an optional feature to a basic feature. The control item corresponding to this feature has been deleted.
Added license control items for new RAN14.0 features, as described in Table 1-14.
Table 1-14 License control items added to RAN14.0 Feature ID
Feature Name
License Configured on…
WRFD-140201
AMR Voice Quality Improvement Based on PLVA
NodeB
WRFD-140202
Control Channel Parallel Interference Cancellation (Phase 2)
NodeB
WRFD-140203
HSPA+ Uplink 23 Mbit/s per User
RNC
WRFD-140204
DC-HSUPA
NodeB
WRFD-140205
Voice Experience Improvement for Weak Reception UEs
RNC
WRFD-140206
Layered Paging in URA_PCH
RNC
WRFD-140207
Iu/Iur Transmission Resource Pool in RNC
RNC
WRFD-140208
Iub Transmission Resource Pool in RNC
RNC
WRFD-140209
NodeB Integrated IPSec
NodeB
WRFD-140210
NodeB PKI Support
NodeB
WRFD-140211
Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment
RNC
WRFD-140212
CE Overbooking
NodeB
WRFD-140213
Intelligent Access Class Control
RNC
WRFD-140218
Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
RNC
WRFD-140219
Micro NodeB Self-Planning
NodeB
WRFD-030004
Adaptive Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate
RNC
WRFD-140215
Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period
RNC
WRFD-140216
Load-based Uplink Target BLER Configuration
RNC
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-10
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
Feature ID
Feature Name
License Configured on…
WRFD-140217
Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold
RNC
WRFD-140221
HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location
NodeB
WRFD-140223
MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation
RNC
WRFD-140220
Intelligent Battery Management
NodeB
MRFD-2210803
Dynamic MA for GU Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (UMTS)
NodeB
MRFD-221804
GSM Power Control on Interference Frequency for GU Small Frequency gap (UMTS)
NodeB
MRFD-221602
Multi-mode BS Common IPSec (UMTS)
NodeB
WRFD-140224
Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM
RNC
WRFD-150237
Horizon Beam-Width Adjustment
NodeB
WRFD-150238
Azimuth Adjustment
NodeB
Added a UMTS signaling capacity license, as described in Table 1-15. If the NodeB signaling processing load exceeds 350 CNBAP/s, you can configure licenses allowing more CNBAPs to improve the CNBAP processing capability. Each license allows for an increase of 50 CNBAP/s.
Table 1-15 New hardware capacity license in RAN14.0 Hardware Capacity License
License Configured on…
Sales Dimension
UMTS signaling capacity license
NodeB
Per 50 CNBAP/s
1.6 Inter-NE Interface Iu, Iub, Iur, and Uu interfaces in RAN14.0 comply with 3GPP Release 9 and earlier releases. RAN14.0 supports the S12 interface between the RNC and the serving gateway (S-GW), which was introduced in 3GPP Release 8. The S12 interface is used for PS handovers between UMTS and LTE networks. With the S12 interface, user plane data can be exchanged between the RNC and the S-GW without passing through the serving GRPS support node (SGSN). For the impact of each feature on these interfaces, see chapter 3 "Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0."
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-11
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
1 General Impact
1.7 Operation and Maintenance RAN14.0 introduces new and enhanced features and internal system optimizations; therefore, MML commands, parameters, performance counters, alarms, events, and licenses have changed. For information about the impact of each new and enhanced feature on operation and maintenance, see chapter 3 "Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0." The operation and maintenance changes for the RNC and NodeB are closely related to the software version. For detailed changes in a specific software version, see the corresponding documentation for MML command and parameter changes, performance counter changes, alarm changes, event changes, and license changes, which are included in the RNC and NodeB releases documentation.
1.8 Impact on Other NEs No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-12
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
2 Summary of Feature Impacts
2 Summary of Feature Impacts A feature impact is classified as "Major" when either of the following conditions is met:
The feature requires new or additional hardware.
The feature has impacts on RAN13.0 features or NEs.
All other types of impacts are classified as "Minor". Table 2-1 lists the impact severities of new and enhanced features in RAN14.0. For detailed information about the impact of each feature, see chapter 3 "Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0." Table 2-1 Impact severities of new and enhanced features in RAN14.0 Feature ID
Feature Name
Impact Severity
New or Enhanced
Basic or Optional
WRFD140101
System Improvement for RAN14.0
Major
New
Basic
WRFD140102
CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls
Minor
New
Basic
WRFD020503
Outer Loop Power Control
Minor
Enhanced
Basic
WRFD020111
One Tunnel
Minor
Enhanced
Optional
WRFD021350
Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell
Minor
Enhanced
Optional
MRFD210103
Link aggregation
Minor
Enhanced
Basic
WRFD030004
Adaptive Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate
Minor
New
Optional
MRFD210304
Fault Management
Minor
Enhanced
Basic
WRFD140201
AMR Voice Quality Improvement Based on PLVA
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD01061201
HSUPA UE Category Support
Minor
Enhanced
Optional
WRFD140202
Control Channel Parallel Interference Cancellation (Phase 2)
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140203
HSPA+ Uplink 23 Mbit/s per User
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140204
DC-HSUPA
Minor
New
Optional
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-1
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
2 Summary of Feature Impacts
Feature ID
Feature Name
Impact Severity
New or Enhanced
Basic or Optional
WRFD140205
Voice Experience Improvement for Weak Reception UEs
Major
New
Optional
WRFD140206
Layered Paging in URA_PCH
Major
New
Optional
WRFD140207
Iu/Iur Transmission Resource Pool in RNC
Major
New
Optional
WRFD140208
Iub Transmission Resource Pool in RNC
Major
New
Optional
WRFD140209
NodeB Integrated IPSec
Major
New
Optional
WRFD140210
NodeB PKI Support
Major
New
Optional
WRFD020103
Inter Frequency Load Balance
Minor
Enhanced
Optional
WRFD020110
Multi Frequency Band Networking Management
Minor
Enhanced
Optional
WRFD020160
Enhanced Multiband Management
Minor
Enhanced
Optional
WRFD140211
Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140212
CE Overbooking
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140213
Intelligent Access Class Control
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140218
Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140219
Micro NodeB Self-Planning
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140215
Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140216
Load-based Uplink Target BLER Configuration
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140217
Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold
Minor
New
Optional
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-2
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
2 Summary of Feature Impacts
Feature ID
Feature Name
Impact Severity
New or Enhanced
Basic or Optional
WRFD140221
HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140222
Adaptive Adjustment of HSUPA Small Target Retransmissions (Try)
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140223
MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140220
Intelligent Battery Management
Minor
New
Optional
MRFD221803
Dynamic MA for GU Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (UMTS)
Minor
New
Optional (GU)
MRFD221804
GSM Power Control on Interference Frequency for GU Small Frequency gap (UMTS)
Minor
New
Optional (GU)
MRFD221602
Multi-mode BS Common IPSec (UMTS)
Major
New
Optional (GUL)
MRFD221501
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (NodeB)
Minor
Enhanced
Optional (GUL)
MRFD211601
IP-Based Multi-mode Common Clock on BS side (NodeB)
Minor
Enhanced
Optional (GUL)
MRFD221505
Bandwidth sharing of MBTS Multi-mode CoTransmission (NodeB)
Minor
Enhanced
Optional (UL)
MRFD221601
Multi-mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB)
Minor
Enhanced
Optional (GUL)
WRFD02040005
Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140224
Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM
Minor
New
Optional
WRFD140226
Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
Minor
New
Try
WRFD150237
Horizontal Beamwidth Adjustment
Major
New
Optional
WRFD150238
Major
New
Optional
Azimuth Adjustment
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-3
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
2 Summary of Feature Impacts
Feature ID
Feature Name
WRFD140103
Call Reestablishment
WRFD140104
Enhanced Combined Services
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Impact Severity
New or Enhanced
Basic or Optional
Minor
New
Basic
Minor
New
Basic
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
2-4
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0 This chapter describes how the new and enhanced features in RAN14.0 affect RAN13.0 from the perspectives of capacity, performance, interfaces, and operation and maintenance. This chapter also describes the dependencies of these features on other features, hardware, and NEs.
3.1 WRFD-140101 System Improvements for RAN14.0 (New/Basic) 3.1.1 Description This feature is new in RAN14.0. RAN14.0 has the following system enhancements and improvements compared with RAN13.0:
Support for new features specified in 3GPP Release 9 (March 2010) and all later releases
Improved NodeB capacity. For details, see section 1.2 "Capacity and Performance."
Improved downlink-CE resource sharing.
The maximum number of downlink CEs that can be used by each cell in a downlink resource group cannot exceed the total number of downlink CEs supported by multiple boards in this group. The number of CEs that can be shared between boards is limited by hardware capacity. For cells set up on the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf1 board, the maximum number of downlink CEs that can be used by each cell is 384. For cells set up on the WBBPf2, WBBPf3, or WBBPf4 board, the maximum number of downlink CEs that can be used by each cell is 768.
Improved RNC signaling processing capability and specifications. For details, see section 1.2 "Capacity and Performance."
Enhanced system maintainability.
3.1.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity See section 1.2 "Capacity and Performance" for details.
Network Performance See section 1.2 "Capacity and Performance" for details.
3.1.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC, NodeB, and M2000.
3.1.4 Hardware See section 1.3 "Hardware" for details.
3.1.5 Inter-NE Interface See section 1.6 "Inter-NE Interface" for details.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-1
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.1.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is a basic feature and is not under license control.
Configuration Management No impact.
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management No impact.
3.1.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.2 MRFD-210304 Enhanced Fault Management (Enhanced/Basic) 3.2.1 Description This feature is enhanced in RAN14.0. When services on the RNC are interrupted, operation and maintenance (O&M) personnel cannot quickly locate faulty network elements (NEs) or boards. Therefore, O&M personnel cannot restore RNC services by taking conventional measures, such as resetting, powering off, or replacing NEs or boards. To address this issue, Huawei introduces the Enhanced Fault Management feature. This feature incorporates a database, which is based on the experience of O&M experts and includes various diagnostics for the following types of faults:
CS access failure
CS call drop
CS-traffic-related fault
Health check failure
Paging failure
PS access failure
PS call drop
PS-streaming-related fault
RRC connection failure
O&M personnel must specify a fault type when using this feature. Based on statistics and logs collected from the problem site, this feature quickly analyzes the fault and provides an analysis report to O&M personnel. With this feature, O&M personnel can quickly locate and rectify faults, critical network problems can be avoided, and O&M costs can be reduced.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-2
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.2.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
3.2.3 Impact on NEs Enhanced Fault Management is implemented on the RNC and RNC local maintenance terminal (LMT).
3.2.4 Hardware No impact.
3.2.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.2.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is not under license control.
Configuration Management Enhanced Fault Management introduces two RNC-level commands. Table 3-1 New commands on the RNC side Change Type
MML Command
Description
Added command
STR FMAANA
The command is used to start a Fault Management Assistant (FMA) thread.
Added command
SET FMATH
The command is used to set the FMA threshold.
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management To activate Enhanced Fault Management, perform the following operations: Step 1 Log in to the RNC LMT and click the Device Maintenance tab. Step 2 In Device Navigation Tree, right-click the BSC node and choose Fault Management Assistant from the shortcut menu. Figure 3-1 shows the results of the operations described in steps 1 and 2.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-3
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Figure 3-1 Results of operations
----End
3.2.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.3 WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell (Enhanced/Optional) 3.3.1 Description This feature is enhanced in RAN14.0. In RAN13.0, this feature operates with the fixed setting of two receive (RX) antennas. This setting may affect uplink coverage in indoor coverage scenarios where RRUs are configured with a single RX antenna. This feature is enhanced in RAN14.0 to address this issue. In RAN14.0, an RRU can be configured with one or two RX antennas when multiple RRUs are configured in one cell. That is, RRUs configured with a single RX antenna can work with RRUs configured with two RX antennas in one cell. When compared with the existing scheme of multiple RRUs in one cell with digital combination and division, this enhanced feature in RAN14.0 prevents rise over thermal (RoT) and mutual interference caused by a mixture of RX signals received at multiple antennas. Therefore, the uplink coverage and throughput of the cell are improved. This enhanced feature in RAN14.0 applies to the indoor and tunnel coverage scenarios where RRUs are configured with a single RX antenna. This enhanced feature also applies to in-depth coverage scenarios already supported by RAN13.0, such as high-speed railways, freeways, F1 racing arenas, and residential areas.
3.3.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity In the indoor and tunnel coverage scenarios where RRUs are configured with single RX antennas, this feature improves the uplink coverage and throughput of the cell, when compared with the scheme of multiple RRUs in one cell with digital combination and division.
Network Performance In the indoor and tunnel coverage scenarios where RRUs are configured with single RX antennas, this feature increases the access success rate and lowers the call drop rate in unfavorable radio environments, when compared with the scheme of multiple RRUs in one cell with digital combination and division. Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-4
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.3.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the NodeB.
3.3.4 Impact on Hardware Only the DBS3900 equipped with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board supports this feature. The BTS3902E does not support this feature. In the indoor and tunnel coverage scenarios where RRUs are configured with single RX antennas, consider the following before replacing the existing scheme of multiple RRUs in one cell with digital combination and division with this feature:
A maximum of six RRUs can be configured in one cell.
The feature specifications depend on the type of the baseband processing board. For details, see the SRAN7.0&GBSS14.0&RAN14.0&eRAN3.0 DBS3900 Configuration Principles.
3.3.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.3.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is under license control. The feature enhancement in RAN14.0 has no impact on the license.
Configuration Management No impact.
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management No impact.
3.3.7 Impact on Other Features This feature cannot be used together with the following functions or features:
Actual service load reporting sub-function of the load measurement function
Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period
Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km
4-Way Receive Diversity
Frequency Domain Equalization
Load-based Uplink Target BLER Configuration
MIMO
Transmit Diversity
Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-5
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.4 WRFD-020111 One Tunnel (Enhanced/Optional) 3.4.1 Description On the UMTS network, this feature provides PS services with a direct tunnel on the user plane between the RNC and the GGSN. This feature is enhanced in RAN14.0. The S12 interface has been added for UMTS/LTE interoperability. This interface provides a direct tunnel for the user-plane data of PS services between the RNC and the S-GW. Figure 3-2 Networking over the S12 interface
3.4.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
3.4.3 Impact on NEs The functionality of the S12 interface is implemented on the RNC. If the S12 interface needs to be deployed, the S-GW must also support the S12 interface.
3.4.4 Impact on Hardware No impact.
3.4.5 Inter-NE Interface The S12 interface has been added. This interface complies with the GTP-U protocol.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-6
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.4.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is under license control. The feature enhancement in RAN14.0 has no impact on the license.
Configuration Management The configuration of the S12 interface in RAN14.0 is similar to the configuration for the WRFD-020111 One Tunnel feature in earlier versions. With the newly introduced S12 interface in the enhanced feature, the parameter in Table 3-2 has been changed on the RNC side. Table 3-2 Parameter that has been modified on the RNC side Change Type
Paramete r ID
MML Comman d
Description
Modified parameter
SGSNFL G
ADD ADJNOD E
This parameter specifies whether the peer node of the RNC is the SGSN, GGSN, or S-GW. This parameter is valid only when the node type NODET is IUPS. In RAN14.0, the value range of this parameter changes. If this parameter is set to NO, the peer node is GGSN or S-GW. In earlier versions, if this parameter is set to NO, the peer node can only be GGSN.
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management No impact.
3.4.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.5 MRFD-210103 Link Aggregation (Enhanced/Basic) 3.5.1 Description This feature is enhanced in RAN14.0. A link aggregation group (LAG) works in either active/standby mode or load sharing mode. RAN14.0 has enhanced link aggregation on the RNC:
When a LAG works in active/standby mode, IP performance monitoring (IP PM) is available.
When a LAG works in load sharing mode, IP PM is supported within the Iub interface transmission resource pool only if all the links in the LAG come from the same interface board.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-7
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
When a LAG created by means of manual aggregation works in active/standby mode and in nonrevertive mode, the active port supports bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) and Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) detection. The standby port supports only ARP detection. Active/standby switchovers are performed based on the detection results.
Link aggregation complies with IEEE 802.3ad.
3.5.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
3.5.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC. The feature enhancement requires support from peer-end intermediate devices, such as switches.
3.5.4 Impact on Hardware The feature enhancement applies to the BSC6900.
3.5.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature has no impact on inter-NE interfaces.
3.5.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is a basic feature and is not under license control.
Configuration Management This feature has an impact on the following RNC MML commands and parameters:
The SWP ETHTRKLNK command has been added. This command is used to force switchovers between links in a LAG.
The following parameters have been added:
Table 3-3 New parameters on the RNC side Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
WORKMODE
STR IPCHK
Working mode of the LAG
CHKTYPE
STR IPCHK
Detection mode of the LAG
WHETHERAFFEC TSWAP
STR IPCHK
Whether port switchovers are affected
BAKIP
STR IPCHK
IP address of the standby port
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-8
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
BAKMASK
STR IPCHK
Subnet mask for the IP address of the standby port
Performance Management The feature enhancement in RAN14.0 has no impact on counters.
Fault Management The feature enhancement in RAN14.0 introduces the EVT-22863 Active/Standby Trunk Port Switchover at the RNC.
3.5.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.6 WRFD-030004 Adaptive Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate (New/Optional) 3.6.1 Description This feature is new in RAN14.0 and applies only to PS best effort (BE) services, including interactive and background services. With HSPA, mobile operators can provide services with various traffic rates. This is beneficial to mobile operators in many cases, such as when competing with fixed-line operators and when justifying service fees. The typical traffic rates configured at the RNC, however, are fixed and separated and may be inconsistent with the maximum bit rates (MBRs) configured by mobile operators at the CN. Without Adaptive Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate, the RNC selects a typical traffic rate closest to the MBR assigned by the CN if this MBR cannot be mapped onto any of the typical traffic rates configured at the RNC. As a result, the rate used by the UE is inconsistent with that propagated by mobile operators, which can affect brand image. With this feature, the RNC uses the MBR assigned by the CN to calculate the actual maximum traffic rate when the MBR cannot be mapped onto any of the typical traffic rates. This feature enables mobile operators to quickly and flexibly provide services with various traffic rates, facilitating new network expansion and increasing revenue. This feature is applicable only to PS BE services over HSPA channels.
3.6.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance This feature ensures that the actual maximum traffic rate of the HSPA UE is consistent with the MBR assigned by the CN. With this feature:
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-9
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
The actual maximum traffic rate of the UE increases if the MBR assigned by the CN becomes higher than the typical traffic rates configured at the RNC.
The actual maximum traffic rate of the UE decreases if the MBR assigned by the CN becomes lower than the typical traffic rates configured at the RNC.
3.6.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC and NodeB.
3.6.4 Hardware The following requirements must be met:
The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI, EBOI, EULP + EDLP, or EULPd + EDLP boards. Downlink services must be established on the EBBI, EBOI, or EDLP board.
The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. Downlink services must be established on the EBBC or EBBCd board.
The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board. Downlink services must be established on the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.
3.6.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.6.6 Operation and Maintenance License An RNC-level license for this feature is added on the RNC side.
Configuration Management This feature is configured at the RNC. This feature adds a new switch on the RNC. Table 3-4 New switch on the RNC side Change Type
Switch
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added switch
HSPA_AD PTIVE_RA TE_ALGO _SWITCH
PcSwitch
SET UCORRMA LGOSWITC H
This switch specifies whether to enable this feature. The value 0 indicates that the switch is turned off. The value 1 indicates that the switch is turned on. The switch is turned on by default.
Performance Management No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-10
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Fault Management No impact.
3.6.7 Impact on Other Features This feature depends on the following features:
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package
3.7 WRFD-140206 Layered Paging in URA_PCH (New/Optional) 3.7.1 Description This feature is new in RAN14.0. With the rapid growth of smartphones in recent years, PS paging messages have accounted for an increasingly large proportion of all paging messages. Normally, the RNC pages UEs in the URA_PCH state in the entire UTRAN registration area (URA). When Layered Paging in URA_PCH is activated, the RNC first pages a UE in the URA_PCH state in the last camped-on cell and its neighboring cells under the same RNC. If the first-layer paging fails, the RNC then pages the UE in the entire URA. This reduces the number of paging messages and the possibility of PCH congestion and eliminates the need for manually dividing the URA. The benefits of this feature are as follows:
Reduced number of paging messages
Decreased signaling overheads
Lowered probability of PCH congestion
The RNC must page a UE in the URA_PCH state in the entire URA because the RNC does not know which cell the UE camps on. This results in a large number of unnecessary paging messages, which can in turn lead to PCHs congestion, especially with the continuously increasing number of smartphones in use. To address this issue, Huawei introduces this feature based on the mobility regularity of UEs in the URA_PCH state. This feature enables the RNC to first page a UE in the URA_PCH state in the last camped-on cell and its neighboring cells under the same RNC. If the RNC does not receive any response from the UE, the RNC then pages the UE in the entire URA.
3.7.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity This feature can increase PCH capacity if the URA_PCH state has been enabled before Layered Paging in URA_PCH is activated.
Network Performance The delay is prolonged when the first-layer paging fails. The period of delay depends on the settings of DRXCycleLenCoef and DrxCycleLenCoef. For example, if the calculated DRX cycle is 640 ms, the longest delay is 1.2s.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-11
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.7.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.7.4 Hardware No impact.
3.7.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.7.6 Operation and Maintenance License Layered Paging in URA_PCH is controlled by a new license at the RNC level.
Configuration Management Table 3-5 lists the new switches on the RNC side. Table 3-5 New switches on the RNC side Change Type
Switch
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added switch
URAPCH_LAY ERED_PAGIN G_RT_SWITC H
PROCESSS WITCH
SET URRCTRLS WITCH
The switch controls Layered Paging in URA_PCH for real-time services.
Added switch
URAPCH_LAY ERED_PAGIN G_NRT_SWIT CH
The switch controls Layered Paging in URA_PCH for nonreal-time services.
It is recommended that one RNC be configured with only one URA to facilitate RNC configuration and that neighboring RNCs be configured with different URA IDs to avoid the load over the Iur interface.
Performance Management Table 3-6 provides information about the RNC counters newly introduced with this feature. Table 3-6 New counters on the RNC side Counter
Measuremen t Unit
Description
VS.Paging1.Att1.UR A.RealTime.Cell
PAGE.CELL
Number of Level-1 Paging Attempts for UEs Processing Real-Time Services in the URA_PCH State for Cell
VS.Paging1.Succ1. URA.RealTime.Cell
PAGE.CELL
Number of Successful Level-1 Paging Attempts for UEs Processing Real-Time Services in the URA_PCH State for Cell
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-12
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Counter
Measuremen t Unit
Description
VS.Paging1.Att1.UR A.NoneRealTime.C ell
PAGE.CELL
Number of Level-1 Paging Attempts for UEs Processing Non-Real-Time Services in the URA_PCH State for Cell
VS.Paging1.Succ1. URA.NoneRealTime .Cell
PAGE.CELL
Number of Successful Level-1 Paging Attempts for UEs Processing Non-RealTime Services in the URA_PCH State for Cell
VS.Paging1.TotalSu cc.URA.RealTime.C ell
PAGE.CELL
Number of Successful Layered Paging Attempts for UEs Processing Real-Time Services in the URA_PCH State for Cell
VS.Paging1.TotalSu cc.URA.NoneRealTi me.Cell
PAGE.CELL
Number of Successful Layered Paging Attempts for UEs Processing Non-RealTime Services in the URA_PCH State for Cell
Fault Management No impact.
3.7.7 Impact on Other Features Before activating Layered Paging in URA_PCH, ensure that the URA_PCH state has been enabled. This state can be enabled by setting inactivity timers and parameters related to the F2P and P2U state transitions. It is recommended that the WRFD-020500 Enhanced Fast Dormancy feature be activated and parameters related to the D2F state transition be set to enable smartphones to enter the URA_PCH state if possible. The WRFD-020134 Push to Talk feature is generally used together with the Enhanced PCH (E-PCH) function to shorten the delay. However, E-PCH-capable UEs must enter the CELL_PCH state for a short delay. Therefore, it is recommended that Layered Paging in URA_PCH not be used together with Push to Talk.
3.8 WRFD-140213 Intelligent Access Class Control (New/Optional) 3.8.1 Description This feature is new in RAN14.0. This feature prevents a large number of UEs from sending RRC connection setup requests simultaneously. When the RNC determines that a cell is congested, the RNC performs access control on more access classes (ACs). When the RNC determines that congestion is relieved in the cell, the RNC performs access control on fewer ACs. This feature prevents excessive RRC connection setup requests from wasting air interface resources and RNC signaling resources, relieves network congestion, and improves system stability.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-13
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.8.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity When a cell is critically congested, this feature helps reduce the number of RRC connection setup requests, saving system resources and possibly increasing the valid capacity of the cell.
Network Performance When a cell is congested, this feature prevents cell congestion from getting worse, which improves system stability. By reducing the number of RRC connection setup requests, this feature also increases the RRC connection setup success rate and radio access bearer (RAB) setup success rate. This feature provides differentiated services by preferentially ensuring CS services. However, when the proportion of UEs complying with versions earlier than 3GPP Release 6 is large on the live network, CS services cannot be effectively ensured, because access control cannot be performed on CS and PS services separately for such UEs. This feature adversely affects network performance as follows:
When access control is performed on an access class, UEs from this access class cannot initiate the corresponding services, which may affect user experience.
This feature cannot be performed on a per operator basis. Therefore, in multi-operator networking scenarios, such as Multi-Operator Core Network (MOCN), the congestion on one operator's network may lead to access control on UEs of other operators.
This feature does not apply to PS services initiated by UEs in the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states. If there are a large number of such UEs on the live network and cell congestion is caused by overflow of these PS services, this feature cannot take much effect.
When the RNC dynamically adjusts the number of barred ACs, different proportion of UEs on the live network will be barred and the KPIs may fluctuate. Assume that the UEs are evenly distributed across ACs 0 to 9, the unit of AC control is 10% when the number of barred ACs is increased or decreased. The KPI fluctuation is especially evident when the UEs on the live network are not evenly distributed across ACs 0 to 9 or in heavy traffic hours. In this case, the feature performance attenuates.
3.8.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC. This feature requires UEs to meet the following requirements:
UEs must support access control indications delivered in System Information Block Type 3 (SIB 3) messages.
For UEs complying with versions earlier than 3GPP release 6, access control cannot be performed on CS and PS services separately. If the access class of such a UE is barred, the UE cannot initiate CS or PS services.
For UEs complying with 3GPP release 6 and later, access control can be performed on CS and PS services separately. Therefore, a UE can initiate CS services while being barred from initiating PS services or initiate PS services while being barred from initiating CS services.
3.8.4 Hardware No impact.
3.8.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-14
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.8.6 Operation and Maintenance License An RNC-level license for this feature is added on the RNC side.
Configuration Management The commands in Table 3-7 have been added to the RNC. Table 3-7 New commands on the RNC side Change Type
MML Command
Description
Added command
ADD UCELLCONG ACALGO
This command is used to add the configuration of the Intelligent Access Class Control feature.
Added command
LST UCELLCONG ACALGO
This command is used to query the configuration of the Intelligent Access Class Control feature.
Added command
MOD UCELLCONG ACALGO
This command is used to modify the configuration of the Intelligent Access Class Control feature.
Added command
RMV UCELLCONG ACALGO
This command is used to remove the configuration of the Intelligent Access Class Control feature.
Table 3-8 lists the key parameters of the ADD UCELLCONGACALGO and MOD UCELLCONGACALGO commands. Table 3-8 New parameters on the RNC side Change Type
Parameter ID
Description
Added parameter
CongACSwit ch
Switch for Intelligent Access Class Control.
Added parameter
CongOfRAB RejRateSwitc h
Whether to consider the RAB setup request rejection rate when making cell congestion decisions.
Added parameter
CongOfUlLo adSwitch
Whether to consider UL load when making cell congestion decisions.
Added parameter
CongRejTrig Thd
Threshold for cell congestion with the RRC or RAB setup request rejection rate. When RRC or RAB setup request rejection rate in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold, the BSC6900 regards the cell as being congested.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-15
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Change Type
Parameter ID
Description
Added parameter
CongRejRelT hd
Threshold for cell resource restoration with the RRC or RAB setup request rejection rate. When this threshold is not exceeded, the BSC6900 regards the cell as not being congested.
Added parameter
CongCheckP eriod
Cell congestion check interval. The BSC6900 checks whether cells are congested at this interval.
Added parameter
ACPollPeriod
Polling interval for access control.
Added parameter
ACRstrctRan ge
Range of restricted access classes.
Added parameter
RstrctR6PSM axACNum
Maximum number of restricted access classes. This parameter is used when UEs of R6 or later initiate PS-oriented RRC connection requests. When this parameter is set to 0, no access classes are restricted.
Added parameter
RstrctR5Max ACNum
Maximum number of restricted access classes. This parameter is used when UEs of R5 or earlier initiate RRC connection requests. When this parameter is set to 0, no access classes are restricted.
Added parameter
RstrctR6CSM axACNum
Maximum number of restricted access classes. This parameter is used when UEs of R6 or later initiate CS-oriented RRC connection requests. When this parameter is set to 0, no access classes are restricted.
Added parameter
UlLoadCong TrigThd
Uplink cell power load threshold for cell congestion. When uplink power load in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold, the BSC6900 regards the cell as being congested due to high uplink cell power load.
Added parameter
UlLoadCong RelThd
Uplink cell power load threshold for cell resource restoration. When this threshold is not exceeded, the BSC6900 regards the cell as being not congested due to reduced uplink cell power load.
Added parameter
CongOfCpuS witch
Whether to consider CPU usage when making cell congestion decisions.
Added parameter
CpuCongTrig Thd
CPU usage threshold for cell congestion. When CPU usage on an SPU subsystem is equal to or higher than threshold, the BSC6900 regards cells served by the SPU subsystem as being congested.
Added parameter
CpuCongRel Thd
CPU usage threshold for cell resource restoration. When CPU usage on an SPU subsystem is lower than this threshold, the BSC6900 regards cells served by the SPU subsystem as not being congested.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-16
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Performance Management Table 3-9 lists the counters have been added to the RNC. Table 3-9 New counters on the RNC side Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.AC.CongCtl.M eanAcBarNum.Ab oveR6.PS
ALGO2.Cell
Mean Number of PS Access Classes Restricted Due to Cell Resource Congestion (R6 or Later)
VS.AC.CongCtl.M eanAcBarNum.Un derR5
ALGO2.Cell
Mean Number of Access Classes Restricted Due to Cell Resource Congestion (R5 or Earlier)
VS.AC.CongCtl.M eanAcBarNum.Ab oveR6.CS
ALGO2.Cell
Mean Number of CS Access Classes Restricted Due to Cell Resource Congestion (R6 or Later)
VS.AC.CongCtl.Ti me
ALGO2.Cell
Duration of Access Class Restriction Triggered by Cell Resource Congestion
VS.RRC.AttConnE stab.PSDomain
RRC.Setup.Cell
Number of RRC Connection Setup Requests for Cell (PS Domain)
VS.RRC.AttConnE stab.CSDomain
RRC.Setup.Cell
Number of RRC Connection Setup Requests for Cell (CS Domain)
Fault Management This feature adds a cause value to a new RNC alarm, as shown in Table 3-10. Table 3-10 New alarm on the RNC side Change Type
Alarm
NE
Description
Added alarm
ALM-22238 Service Flow Control in a Cell
RNC
Cause value "Access class control" works for this feature.
3.8.7 Impact on Other Features Besides Intelligent Access Class Control, the WRFD-021103 Access Class Restriction and WRFD020114 Domain Specific Access Control features also perform access control on ACs. For details, see the DSAC Feature Parameter Description. There are no dependencies between these three features. Any feature can be independently enabled or disabled. These three features function independently and they interact only in SIB 3 broadcasting. The ACs controlled by these features are consolidated into a single list and then broadcast in the SIB 3 message.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-17
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.9 WRFD-140201 AMR Voice Quality Improvement Based on PLVA (New/Optional) 3.9.1 Description AMR is a speech coding standard widely used in GSM and UMTS communications systems. In UMTS, convolutional codes are used to perform channel encoding and a power control mechanism is used to ensure voice quality. Figure 3-3 Channel encoding and power control for UMTS AMR voice services in the uplink
Most vendors use the Viterbi algorithm to decode convolutional codes. The Viterbi algorithm selects the optimal path based on the maximum likelihood theory and exports the data decoded on the optimal path. If the decoded data fails the cyclic redundancy check (CRC), the AMR speech codec usually discards the data, and voice quality deteriorates as a result. Huawei uses the PLVA to decode convolutional codes. The PLVA is an enhanced CRC-assisted Viterbi algorithm. Instead of selecting only the top 1 optimal path, the PLVA selects the top N optimal paths and performs CRC on the data decoded on these paths. The PLVA only exports data that passes the CRC. If the data decoded on these paths fails the CRC, the PLVA only exports the data decoded on the optimal path. In simulations where the PLVA selects four paths, the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) is 0.2 to 0.8 dB better than that produced by the Viterbi algorithm. This feature increases the mean opinion score (MOS) of AMR voice services, including narrowband and wideband AMR voice services. Take 12.2 kbit/s AMR voice services as an example. In the uplink simulations, if the BLER is 1%, the MOS is increased by about 0.08; if the BLER is greater than 10%, the MOS is increased by about 0.35. (The BLER increase is generally caused by UE power limitation, fast channel change, or strong interference.) Generally, the larger the BLER, the greater the MOS increase produced by the PLVA. In addition, the MOS increase is generally the same under different channel fading conditions.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-18
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Figure 3-4 Different MOSs for 12.2 kbit/s AMR voice services on TU50 channels with different BLERs
3.9.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance This feature improves the MOS of AMR voice services, especially the MOS of AMR voice services in weak coverage areas.
3.9.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC and NodeB and does not affect the UE and CN.
3.9.4 Hardware The PLVA applies only to the AMR voice services carried on the WBBPd1, WBBPd2, WBBPd3, EBBCd, EULPd, WBBPf1, WBBPf12, WBBPf3, and WBBPf4 boards. To implement this feature, the following requirements must be met:
The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EULPd board.
The BBU3806 must be configured with the EBBCd board.
The BBU3900 must be configured with the WBBPd or WBBPf board.
The BTS3902E must support this feature.
When the EULPd, EBBCd, WBBPd, or WBBPf board is installed in the same subrack as other types of baseband board, AMR voice services may not be established on the EULPd, EBBCd, WBBPd, or WBBPf board and therefore cannot use this feature.
3.9.5 Inter-NE Interface A private information element (IE) has been added to the FP frame from the NodeB to the RNC over the Iub interface. The IE carries the PLVA CRCI.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-19
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.9.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new NodeB-level license item on the NodeB.
Configuration Management No impact.
Performance Management This feature adds a new counter on the NodeB, as shown in Table 3-11. Table 3-11 New counter on the NodeB side Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.PLVA .User
ALGO.LOCELL
This counter is to measure the number of UEs using this feature in a cell. This counter is measured on a per cell basis. At the end of a measurement period, the RNC divides the total number of UEs using this feature by the number of samples to obtain the mean number of UEs using this feature in a cell.
Fault Management No impact.
3.9.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.10 WRFD-140205 Voice Service Experience Improvement for Weak Reception UEs (New/Optional) 3.10.1 Description UEs with poor signal receiving capability are prone to drops of CS voice services. This feature enables the radio network controller (RNC) to identify weak reception UEs based on the International Mobile Station Equipment Identity Type Allocation Code (IMEI TAC) and assign them dedicated radio performance parameters, including radio link (RL) power control and handover parameters. This reduces the call drop rate and improves user experience.
3.10.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity The RNC configures a high RL DL transmit power for weak reception UEs, which increases the transmit power in the cell. When a cell has fixed DL transmit power, this feature imposes impacts on cell capacity and HSDPA throughput. This section describes the impacts based on the following simulations conducted by Huawei:
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-20
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
There is one HSDPA cell.
Two HSDPA UEs of category 10 are processing downlink services at the center of the cell, and the channel quality indicator (CQI) is around 30.
UEs processing adaptive multi-rate (AMR) services are located at the cell edge (the Ec/N0 is -16 dB). The maximum RL DL transmit power remains unchanged (the same as that configured for ordinary UEs) or increases by 3 dB (3 dB higher than that configured for ordinary UEs).
Table 3-12 lists the simulation results. Table 3-12 Impact of this feature on cell capacity and HSDPA throughput based on Huawei simulations Number of UEs Processing AMR Services at the Cell Edge
HSDPA Throughput (kbit/s)
HSDPA Throughput After a 3-dB Increase in the Maximum RL DL Transmit Power for UEs Processing AMR Services (kbit/s)
Cell Capacity Reduction Percentage After the Increase
Throughput Reduction Percentage After the Increase
1
9062.0
9048.8
0.23%
0.15%
2
8926.2
8867.9
1.83%
0.65%
4
8701.1
8570.3
3.62%
1.50%
8
8107.1
7737.0
12.10%
4.57%
The simulation results show that this feature has a small impact on cell capacity and throughput.
Network Performance This feature reduces the call drop rate of weak reception UEs and improves user experience of CS voice services.
3.10.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC and has no impact on UEs, NodeBs, and CNs.
3.10.4 Hardware No impact.
3.10.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.10.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new cell-level license item on the RNC.
Configuration Management Table 3-13 describes the new and modified parameters related to Voice Service Experience Improvement for Weak Reception UEs on the RNC side.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-21
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-13 New and modified parameters on the RNC side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added switch
TAC_FUN C
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC
A switch Special_User_Enhance is added to this parameter. If the switch Special_User_Enhance is selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that are enabled with the Special User Enhance feature.
Added paramete r
SpecUserF unctionSwi tch
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC
1) SPECUSER_AMR_HOENHANCE_SWITCH (Handover Enhanced Switch for Special UEs for Speech Quality Improvement) When this switch is turned on, the following handover parameters are used to improve the speech quality of special UEs: SpecUserHystFor2D, SpecUserCSThd2DEcN0, SpecUserCSThd2FEcN0, SpecUserCSThd2DRSCP, SpecUserCSThd2FRSCP. When this switch is turned off, the preceding handover parameters are not used to improve the speech quality of special UEs. 2) SPECUSER_AMR_PWRENHANCE_SWITCH (Power Enhanced Switch for Special UEs for Speech Quality Improvement) When this switch is turned on, SpecUserRlMaxDlPwr in the ADD UCELLRLPWR command is used to perform inner-loop power control or to improve the speech quality of special UEs. When this switch is turned off, SpecUserRlMaxDlPwr is not used to perform inner-loop power control and to improve the speech quality of special UEs.
Added paramete r
SpecUserP wrEnDlPwr TrigThd
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
Threshold for the transmit power of carriers in a cell. This threshold is considered during the setting of the maximum transmit power for special UEs. When the transmit power of carriers in a cell is lower than this threshold, the maximum transmit power of special UEs identified by the value of TAC in the ADD UIMEITAC command is equal to the value of SpecUserRlMaxDlPwr in the ADD UCELLRLPWR command if these UEs are processing 12.2 kbit/s AMR services. When the transmit power of carriers in the cell exceeds this threshold, the maximum transmit power of all UEs is equal to the value of RlMaxDlPwr in the ADD UCELLRLPWR command.
Added paramete r
SpecUserR lMaxDlPwr
ADD/MOD UCELLRLPW R
Maximum transmit power of special UEs requiring good voice experience. This parameter applies only to 12.2 kbit/s AMR services.
Added paramete r
SpecUserH ystFor2D
SET UHOCOMM, ADD/MOD UCELLHOCO MM
Delay in reporting the 2D event. This delay is specific to special UEs that require high speech quality and are requested to perform an inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-22
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added paramete r
SpecUserC SThd2DEc N0
SET UHOCOMM, ADD/MOD UCELLHOCO MM
Ec/N0 threshold for special UEs to report the 2D event. When the Ec/N0 is a triggering condition for reporting the 2D event, a special UE reports the 2D event if the measured Ec/N0 is lower than this threshold. After the UE reports the event, the RNC sends the UE a command requesting the UE to enter the compressed mode and measure signal quality of other frequencies.
Added paramete r
SpecUserC SThd2FEc N0
SET UHOCOMM, ADD/MOD UCELLHOCO MM
Ec/N0 threshold for special UEs to report the 2F event. When the Ec/N0 is a triggering condition for reporting the 2F event, a special UE reports the 2F event if the measured Ec/N0 is higher than this threshold. After the UE reports the event, the RNC sends the UE a command requesting the UE to stop operating in compressed mode and measuring signal quality of other frequencies.
Added paramete r
SpecUserC SThd2DRS CP
SET UHOCOMM, ADD/MOD UCELLHOCO MM
RSCP threshold for special UEs to report the 2D event. When the RSCP is a triggering condition for reporting the 2D event, a special UE reports the 2D event if the measured RSCP is lower than this threshold. After the UE reports the event, the RNC sends the UE a command requesting the UE to enter the compressed mode and measure signal quality of other frequencies.
Added paramete r
SpecUserC SThd2FRS CP
SET UHOCOMM, ADD/MOD UCELLHOCO MM
RSCP threshold for special UEs to report the 2F event. When the RSCP is a triggering condition for reporting the 2F event, a special UE reports the 2F event if the measured RSCP is higher than this threshold. After the UE reports the event, the RNC sends the UE a command requesting the UE to stop operating in compressed mode and measuring signal quality of other frequencies.
Performance Management Table 3-14 provides the new counters related to Voice Service Experience Improvement for Weak Reception UEs on the RNC side. Table 3-14 New counters on the RNC side Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.RAB.SpecialU ser.AbnormRel.C S
ALGO2.Cell
This counter measures the number of CS RABs abnormally released for special UEs in the best cells.
VS.RAB.SpecialU ser.NormRel.CS
ALGO2.Cell
This counter measures the number of CS RABs normally released for special UEs in the best cells.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-23
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Fault Management No impact.
3.10.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.11 WRFD-140219 Micro NodeB Self-Planning (New/Optional) 3.11.1 Description Network planning is mandatory for WCDMA network deployment. Network planning, including site survey and network dimensioning, is generally performed manually, which is costly and requires a lengthy deployment schedule. To improve the network planning efficiency and implement automatic micro NodeB deployment, Huawei provides the feature for remote self-planning of radio parameters for the micro NodeB. These parameters include UARFCN, scrambling code, neighbor relationships with intra-frequency neighboring cells, inter-frequency neighboring cells, and neighboring GSM cells, LAC, SAC, and RAC of the micro NodeB. This feature enables the system to perform the following functions:
Collect raw data by scanning radio environments.
Sets radio parameters using radio parameter planning algorithms.
Sends the radio parameter settings to NEs through the OM channel.
3.11.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
3.11.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the BTS3902E and M2000. This feature depends on the following NEs:
The M2000 supports NodeB automatic deployment and BTS3902E WCDMA self-planning.
The RNC version must be RAN13.0 or later, and the RNC data can be configured and modified on the M2000.
3.11.4 Hardware This feature depends on the following NodeB hardware:
Only the BTS3902E supports this feature.
The BTS3902E must be configured with a self-organizing network (SON) receiver.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-24
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
If the BTS3902E uses an integrated antenna, the SON receiver antenna and the service antenna are combined. Therefore, the SON receiver antenna does not need to be additionally configured.
If the BTS3902E uses an external antenna, the SON receiver antenna needs to be additionally configured.
3.11.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature impacts the OM interface:
The scanning control information, scanning results, and planned parameters are transmitted through the OM channel between the BTS3902E and M2000.
The planned parameters are transmitted through the OM channel between the RNC and M2000.
3.11.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new NodeB-level license item on the micro NodeB.
Configuration Management The UMTS Self-Planning page has been added to the Configuration window on the M2000. This page is used to import the operating parameters of the SON receiver, indicate self-planning progress, and generate self-planning result reports. In NodeB Auto Deployment on the M2000, the UMTS Self-Planning item has been added to the Select steps to execute page, which controls whether to enable micro NodeB self-planning.
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management The BTS3902E supports to record SON receiver operation logs, such as information about SON receiver scanning and reporting.
3.11.7 Impact on Other Features This feature depends on the following features:
WRFD-031101 NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode
WRFD-031102 NodeB Remote Self-configuration
3.12 WRFD-140222 Adaptive Adjustment of HSUPA Small Target Retransmissions(Try) (New/Optional) 3.12.1 Description This feature is new in RAN14.0. It dynamically adjusts the small target number of retransmissions based on the uplink throughput of individual HSUPA UEs and the uplink load of the cell. This increases the uplink cell throughput.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-25
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.12.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity This feature improves the uplink performance. It is recommended that this feature be enabled if the uplink load of the cell is restricted and there are a large number of HSUPA UEs using a 10 ms TTI. If some UEs in the cell are engaged in continuous uploading, this feature improves the uplink throughput by 10% to 15%. If all services in the cell are burst services, this feature lowers the received total wideband power (RTWP) by around 0.5 dB.
Network Performance No impact.
3.12.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.12.4 Hardware This feature has no impact on the hardware of the RNC and NodeB.
3.12.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature has no impact on the Uu, Iub, Iur, or Iu interfaces.
3.12.6 Operation and Maintenance License This is a try feature and is therefore not under license control.
Configuration Management This feature has an impact on the RNC parameters, as shown in Table 3-15. Table 3-15 Parameters that have been added or modified on the RNC side Change Type
Switch
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added switch
PC_HSUPA _LITRETNU M_INIT_SE L_SWITCH
PcSwitch
SET UCORRMAL GOSWITCH
When the UE attempts to access the network, the larger value between EdchTargetLittleRetransNum and EdchAltTarLittleRetransNum is used as the small target number of retransmissions if this switch is selected, or EdchTargetLittleRetransNum is used if this switch is not selected.
Added switch
PC_HSUPA _LITRETNU M_AUTO_A DJUST_SW ITCH
PcSwitch
SET UCORRMAL GOSWITCH
This is the switch for the algorithm for dynamically adjusting the small target number of retransmissions for HSUPA UEs.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-26
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Change Type
Switch
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added parameter
-
EdchAltTa rLittleRetr ansNum
ADD/MOD UTYPRABOL PC
Like EdchTargetLittleRetransNum, this parameter specifies a small target number of retransmissions over the MAC-ES flow. These two parameters work together to improve throughput for cells.
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management No impact.
3.12.7 Impact on Other Features Required Features This feature depends on WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package.
Mutually Exclusive Features A cell can be simultaneously configured with the Adaptive Adjustment of HSUPA Small Target Retransmissions feature and the DC-HSUPA feature. However, if DC-HSUPA is enabled for a UE, Adaptive Adjustment of HSUPA Small Target Retransmissions will not work for this UE.
3.13 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location (New/Optional) 3.13.1 Description This feature builds on the EPF algorithm and considers UE locations as criteria for adjusting HSDPA scheduling weights. This feature gives more scheduling opportunities to UEs closer to the NodeB and increases the downlink overall throughput of the cell.
3.13.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity This feature gives more scheduling opportunities to UEs closer to the NodeB and increases the downlink overall throughput of the cell. Cell throughput gains relate to UEs' CQIs.
Network Performance With this feature, HSDPA UEs at cell edges have fewer scheduling opportunities and lower throughput. If GBRs are not configured for BE services, HSDPA UEs at cell edges may have to wait a long time before they have scheduling opportunities. As a result, traffic radio bearers (TRBs) are more likely to reset and the call drop rate increases. The magnitude of this impact depends on factors such as UE location distribution and service distribution in the cell. It is recommended that GBRs be configured for BE services to ensure network performance.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-27
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.13.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the NodeB.
3.13.4 Hardware This feature has no impact on the hardware of the RNC. This feature depends on the NodeB hardware as follows:
All base stations of the 3900 series support this feature if configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.
3.13.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature has no impact on the Uu, Iub, Iur, or Iu interfaces.
3.13.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new cell-level license item on the NodeB.
Configuration Management This feature has an impact on the NodeB parameters, as shown in Table 3-16. Table 3-16 Parameters that have been added or modified on the NodeB side Change Type
Switch
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added switch
EPF_LO C
SM
SET MACHSPARA
Switch for the HSDPA scheduling algorithm based on UE locations
Added parameter
-
LOCWEIG HT
SET MACHSPARA
UE location weight
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management The NodeB alarm ALM-26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit is modified to support this feature.
3.13.7 Impact on Other Features This feature depends on the following features:
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-28
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.14 WRFD-140204 DC-HSUPA (New/Optional) 3.14.1 Description Introduced in 3GPP Release 9, Dual-Carrier HSUPA (DC-HSUPA) allows a UE to use two adjacent carriers simultaneously in the uplink. This increases the uplink peak rate of a single UE and cell average throughput.
3.14.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity
Number of system users In RAN14.0, the number of DC-HSUPA UEs supported by each board in a NodeB is half the number of SC-HSUPA UEs.
System load Carrier uplink load increases because the secondary carrier uses the DPCCH for power control. The increase is not noticeable when there is a small number of DC-HSUPA UEs. When there are a large number of online DC-HSUPA UEs in CELL_DCH state, the overhead for the DPCCH raises the uplink load over the air interface. If the WRFD-140203 HSPA+ Uplink 23 Mbit/s per User feature is enabled to reach an uplink peak rate of 23 Mbit/s, DC-HSUPA with uplink 16QAM must be enabled on E-DCHs of the primary and secondary uplink carriers. As a result, the load of the two carriers is relatively high.
System throughput Theoretically, DC-HSUPA does not increase spectral efficiency, and therefore will not increase system throughput. In the scenario where the uplink load of two carrier cells is unbalanced and fluctuates, DC-HSUPA can increase system throughput because it allows uplink load sharing between the two carriers, which fully utilizes uplink load resources. When there are a large number of online DC-HSUPA UEs in CELL_DCH state, cell uplink throughput slightly decreases because the overhead for the DPCCH of the secondary carrier raises the uplink load.
User throughput DC-HSUPA supports a peak rate of 23 Mbit/s for a single UE. In a lightly loaded system where the uplink load is not limited, DC-HSUPA introduces a significant increase in the burst data rate. The user throughput gain of DC-HSUPA will decrease as the system uplink load increases. With the same system uplink load, DC-HSUPA allows the UEs to reach a high data rate more easily than uplink 16QAM and SC-HSUPA. The maximum radio bearer throughput supported by the DC-HSUPA feature is impacted by the following factors: − The
air interface uplink RTWP/RoT of two carriers
− Radio
channel quality (including multipath delay, interference, and UE moving speed)
− E-DCH − Uplink
category of the UE
16QAM availability
Transmission DC-HSUPA requires that the Iub interface of each NodeB support a minimum of 25 Mbit/s bandwidth. Otherwise, a single DC-HSUPA UE cannot reach the peak rate even if other requirements are met.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-29
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Network Performance
Hardware A DC-HSUPA UE consumes one more licensed CEs than an SC-HSUPA UE.
Coverage DC-HSUPA coverage is slightly inferior to SC-HSUPA coverage because the secondary carrier uses the DPCCH for power control and so consumes additional uplink power. This defect can be relieved by enabling the HSUPA TTI Selection feature or coverage-based BE service fallback from the E-DCH to DCH algorithm. To support a peak rate of 23 Mbit/s, the RoT threshold must be raised. A higher RoT threshold may result in smaller cell coverage, a higher service drop rate, and a lower handover success rate. This defect can be relieved by enabling the Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment feature. The Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment feature minimizes the impact of a higher RoT.
Downlink code words E-RGCHs and E-HICHs (128 SF) must be configured for primary and secondary carriers. When the number of DC-HSUPA UEs increases, more downlink E-RGCHs and E-HICHs are required, consuming more downlink code words. An E-RGCH or E-HICH supports a maximum of 20 DCHSUPA UEs on this carrier.
3.14.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC and NodeB. This feature must be supported by the UE and CN. UEs must support E-DCH category 8 or 9, and the CN must support a UE rate of 23 Mbit/s or higher. UEs of E-DCH category 8 do not support DC-HSUPA with uplink 16QAM. It supports only DC-HSUPA without uplink 16QAM and a peak rate of 11.5 Mbit/s. UEs of E-DCH category 9 support DC-HSUPA with 16QAM, with a peak rate of 23 Mbit/s.
3.14.4 Hardware This feature has no impact on the RNC hardware. This feature depends on the following NodeB hardware:
All 3900 series base stations support this feature after WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf boards are configured.
The DBS3800 support this feature after EBBC or EBBCd boards are configured.
The BTS3812E and BTS3812AE support this feature after EBBI, EBOI, EULP, or EULPd boards are configured and downlink cells of this feature are configured on EBBI, EBOI, or EDLP boards.
When 4-way receive diversity is used, only the 3900 series base stations (excluding the BTS3902E) support this feature.
3.14.5 Inter-NE Interface To support DC-HSUPA, some new information elements (IEs) are added and existing IEs are modified in messages over the Iub and Uu interfaces.
Impact on Iub Interface The NodeB reports cell capability to the RNC using an AUDIT RESPONSE or RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION message if any of the following occurs:
The cell receives an AUDIT REQUEST message.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-30
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
A new cell is set up.
Cell capability changes.
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
If a cell supports DC-HSUPA, the NodeB notifies the RNC of the cell capability using the Cell Capability Container IE in the Local Cell Information IE. During radio link establishment, the following messages incorporate new or enhanced IEs to indicate information about the NodeB transport bearer and secondary carrier:
RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST
RADIO LINK SETUP RESPONSE
RADIO LINK SETUP FAILURE
RADIO LINK ADDITION REQUEST
RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE
RADIO LINK ADDITION FAILURE
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION READY
The following IEs are added to the above radio link establishment messages:
Multi Cell E-DCH Capability, Separate Iub Transport Bearer Capability, and E-DCH UL Flow Multiplexing Capability in the Cell Capability Container IE
Multicell E-DCH Transport Bearer Mode IE
Additional E-DCH FDD Setup Information IE
Additional E-DCH FDD Information IE
Multicell E-DCH Information IE
Additional E-DCH FDD Update Information IE
Additional E-DCH FDD Information Response IE
Additional E-DCH Serving Cell Change Information Response IE
Additional Modified E-DCH FDD Information Response IE
Activation Information IE
Additional E-DCH Configuration Change Information IE
Additional E-DCH RL Specific Information To Setup IE
Additional E-DCH RL Specific Information To Add IE
Additional E-DCH RL Specific Information To Modify IE
Additional E-DCH FDD Information To Modify IE
Multicell E-DCH RL Specific Information IE
In addition, the procedure of "Exchanging information about the secondary UL frequency" has been added to Node B Application Part (NBAP) over the Iub interface. This procedure allows the controlling radio network controller (CRNC) to exchange information about the secondary uplink carrier with the NodeB. This procedure involves two messages:
SECONDARY UL FREQUENCY REPORT: The CRNC uses this message to inform the NodeB about the activation status of the secondary uplink carrier of the UE.
SECONDARY UL FREQUENCY UPDATE INDICATION: The NodeB uses this message to inform the CRNC about updates to the activation status of the secondary uplink carrier of the UE.
DC-HSUPA supports E-DCH UL flow multiplexing mode on the user plane of the Iub interface. In this mode, the NodeB uses one transport bearer to transmit MAC-d flows from both primary and secondary
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-31
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
carriers to the serving radio network controller (SRNC). During uplink radio link establishment on the secondary carrier, the SRNC notifies the NodeB of transport bearer mode. The NodeB transmits MAC-d flows in E-DCH UL DATA FRAME TYPE 2 (MAC-i) format through the primary and secondary carriers to the SRNC on one transport bearer.
Impact on Uu Interface The following Uu interface messages incorporate new or enhanced IEs for indicating secondary DCHSUPA carrier information, including the channels, RABs, and capabilities:
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
RADIO BEARER RELEASE
RADIO BEARER SETUP
TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
INTER RAT HANDOVER INFO
RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION
ACTIVE SET UPDATE
MEASUREMENT CONTROL
MEASUREMENT REPORT
The following IEs are added to the above Uu interface messages:
E-DCH physical layer category extension 2 IE in the Physical channel capability IE and UE radio access capability comp 2 IE
Uplink secondary cell info FDD IE
Secondary serving E-DCH info IE
Secondary E-DCH cell info common IE
Downlink information per radio link list on secondary UL frequency IE
Radio link addition information on secondary UL frequency IE
Radio link removal information on secondary UL frequency IE
E-DCH reconfiguration information on secondary UL frequency IE
E-DCH physical layer category extension 2 IE
3.14.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new cell-level license item on the NodeB.
Configuration Management This feature adds new RNC switches, as shown in Table 3-17.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-32
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-17 New switches on the RNC side Change Type
Switch
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added switch
CFG_HSUPA _DC_SWITC H
CfgSwitch
SET UCORRMAL GOSWITCH
This switch specifies whether DC-HSUPA is configured for HSUPA services on this RNC. The value 1 indicates that the switch is turned on.
Added switch
DC_HSUPA
HspaPlusS witch
SET UCELLALGO SWITCH
This switch specifies whether DC-HSUPA can be used in this cell. The value ON indicates that the switch is turned on.
Added switch
DC_HSUPA
RetryCapa bility
SET UFRC
This switch specifies whether DC-HSUPA is included in the HSPA retry technology. The value ON indicates that the switch is turned on.
This feature adds new NodeB MML commands, as shown in Table 3-18. Table 3-18 New commands on the NodeB side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added command
FIRSTLOCELL, SECONDLOCE LL
ADD ULDUALCELL GRP
This command adds two cells to a DC-HSUPA carrier group. The two cells in the carrier group must be configured as DC-HSDPA cells.
Added command
FIRSTLOCELL, SECONDLOCE LL
RMV ULDUALCELL GRP
This command removes cells from a DC-HSUPA carrier group.
Added command
-
LST ULDUALCELL GRP
This command queries cells in a DC-HSUPA carrier group.
A DC-HSUPA tab page for configuring and managing cells in a DC-HSUPA carrier group is added to the M2000/CME interface.
Performance Management This feature modifies the NodeB counters to support DC-HSUPA, as shown in Table 3-19. For a DCHSUPA UE, the primary and the secondary carriers are measured separately with the counters. Table 3-19 Counters that have been modified on the NodeB side Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUserNum
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of Unhappy HSUPA users in a cell
VS.HSUPA.UserTtiNum
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of TTIs in which at least one HSUPA user exists in a cell
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-33
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.HSUPA.DataTtiNum
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of TTIs in which HSUPA users transmit data in a cell
VS.HSUPA.ACKTotal
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of transmitted ACKs
VS.HSUPA.NACKTotal
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of transmitted NACKs
VS.HSUPA.DTXTotal
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of transmitted DTXs
VS.HSUPA.PDUNum
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of successfully received MAC-e PDUs from the UE in a cell
VS.HSUPA.RetransPDUNum
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of MAC-e PDUs to be retransmitted by the UE in a cell
VS.HSUPA.Thruput
HSUPA.LOCELL
Total traffic volume of HSUPA users in a cell
VS.HSUPA.UnHappyUserNum Ratio
HSUPA.LOCELL
Ratio of the number of Unhappy HSUPA users to the total number of HSUPA users in a cell
VS.HSUPA.DataUserNum.Me an
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average number of HSUPA users that transmit data in a cell
VS.HSUPA.DataUserNum.Ma x
HSUPA.LOCELL
Maximum number of HSUPA users that transmit data in a cell
VS.HSUPA.ScheduleUserNum .Mean
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average number of scheduled HSUPA users in a cell
VS.HSUPA.ScheduleUserNum .Max
HSUPA.LOCELL
Maximum number of scheduled HSUPA users in a cell
VS.HSUPA.MaxPwrLmtUserR atio
HSUPA.LOCELL
Ratio of the number of HSUPA users with limited UPH to the total number of HSUPA users in a cell
VS.HSUPA.LeftPwrLmtUserRa tio
HSUPA.LOCELL
Ratio of the number of HSUPA users with a limited uplink load to the total number of HSUPA users in a cell
VS.HSUPA.FDE.UtilizeTimePe rmillage
HSUPA.LOCELL
Proportion of the time when HSUPA users use the FDE mode in a cell
VS.HSUPA.16QAM.UtilizeTim ePermillage
HSUPA.LOCELL
Proportion of the time when HSUPA users use the 16QAM mode in a cell
VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average throughput of HSUPA users in a cell
VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate.With Data
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average throughput of HSUPA users in a cell when data is transmitted
This feature adds new RNC counters, as shown in Table 3-20. This feature also modifies all the HSUPA-related RNC counters to support DC-HSUPA, which are not listed below. For a DC-HSUPA UE, the primary and the secondary carriers are measured separately with the counters.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-34
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-20 New counters on the RNC side Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.HSUPA.RAB.DC.AttEsta b
HSUPA.CELL
Number of DC-HSUPA RAB Setup Attempts for Cell. This counter is counted only on the primary carrier for a DC-HSUPA UE.
VS.HSUPA.RAB.DC.SuccEst ab
HSUPA.CELL
Number of Successful DC-HSUPA RAB Setups for Cell. This counter is counted only on the primary carrier for a DC-HSUPA UE.
VS.HSUPA.RAB.DC.NormRe l
HSUPA.CELL
Number of DC-HSUPA RABs Normally Released for Cell
VS.HSUPA.RAB.DC.Abnorm Rel
HSUPA.CELL
Number of DC-HSUPA RABs Abnormally Released for Cell
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.CAT8
HSUPA.CELL
Mean Number of HSUPA-enabled UEs of Category 8 in a Serving Cell
VS.HSUPA.UE.Max.CAT8
HSUPA.CELL
Maximum Number of HSUPA-enabled UEs of Category 8 in a Serving Cell
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.CAT9
HSUPA.CELL
Mean Number of HSUPA-enabled UEs of Category 9 in a Serving Cell
VS.HSUPA.UE.Max.CAT9
HSUPA.CELL
Maximum Number of HSUPA-enabled UEs of Category 9 in a Serving Cell
VS.HSUPA.DC.PRIM.UE.Me an.Cell
HSUPA.Cell
Mean Number of DC-HSUPA Users in the Cell with the Primary Carrier
VS.HSUPA.DC.SEC.UE.Mea n.Cell
HSUPA.Cell
Mean Number of DC-HSUPA Users in the Cell with the Secondary Carrier
Fault Management This feature has an impact on the alarms on the RNC and NodeB side, as shown in Table 3-21. Table 3-21 Alarms that have been added or modified Change Type
Alarm
NE
Description
Modified alarm
ALM-28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
NodeB
Cause value "Users have configured the DC-HSUPA capability for a cell but actually the cell does not support the DC-HSUPA capability" has been added to the alarm.
Added alarm
ALM-22237 UMTS Cell DCHSUPA Function Fault
RNC
-
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-35
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.14.7 Impact on Other Features DC-HSUPA depends on the following features:
WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2
WRFD-010695 UL Layer 2 Improvement
WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA
WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA
WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA
WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management
3.15 WRFD-140203 HSPA+ Uplink 23 Mbit/s per User (New/Optional) 3.15.1 Description This feature increases the uplink peak rate from 11.5 Mbit/s to 23 Mbit/s by collaborating with the DCHSUPA, UL 16QAM and E-DPCCH Boosting features.
3.15.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance This feature increases uplink user throughput. To support a peak rate of 23 Mbit/s, the RoT threshold must be raised in two carriers of DC-HSUPA. A higher RoT threshold may result in smaller cell coverage, a higher service drop rate, and a lower handover success rate.
3.15.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC and NodeB. This feature must be supported by the UE and CN. UEs must support E-DCH category 9, and the CN must support a UE rate of 23 Mbit/s or higher.
3.15.4 Hardware This feature depends on the following RNC hardware:
The DPUe or DPUb board must be configured.
In IP transmission mode, the POUc, FG2c, or GOUc board must be configured.
This feature depends on the following NodeB hardware:
All 3900 series base stations support this feature after WBBPd or WBBPf boards are configured. The BTS3902E supports this feature.
The DBS3800 support this feature after EBBCd boards are configured.
The BTS3812E and BTS3812AE support this feature after EULPd boards are configured and downlink cells are configured on EBBI, EBOI, or EDLP boards.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-36
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
When 4-way receive diversity is used, only the 3900 series base stations support this feature.
3.15.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature has no impact on the Uu, Iub, Iur, or Iu interfaces.
3.15.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new RNC-level license item on the RNC.
Configuration Management No impact.
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management No impact.
3.15.7 Impact on Other Features This feature depends on the following features:
WRFD-010694 UL 16QAM
WRFD-010697 E-DPCCH Boosting
WRFD-140204 DC-HSUPA
WRFD-010698 HSPA+ Uplink 11.5Mbit/s per User
3.16 WRFD-01061002 HSUPA UE Category Support (Enhanced/Optional) 3.16.1 Description RAN14.0 supports UEs of categories 1 to 9.
3.16.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
3.16.3 Impact on NEs This feature enhancement is implemented on the RNC to add some new counters.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-37
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.16.4 Hardware No impact.
3.16.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature enhancement has no impact on the Uu, Iub, Iur, or Iu interface.
3.16.6 Operation and Maintenance License No impact.
Configuration Management No impact.
Performance Management The RNC counters are added to support this feature, as shown in Table 3-22. Table 3-22 New counters on the RNC side Change Type
Counter
Measureme nt Unit
Description
Added counter
VS.HSUPA.UE.Me an.CAT8
HSUPA.CEL L
Mean Number of HSUPA-enabled UEs of Category 8 in a Serving Cell
Added counter
VS.HSUPA.UE.Ma x.CAT8
HSUPA.CEL L
Maximum Number of HSUPA-enabled UEs of Category 8 in a Serving Cell
Added counter
VS.HSUPA.UE.Me an.CAT9
HSUPA.CEL L
Mean Number of HSUPA-enabled UEs of Category 9 in a Serving Cell
Added counter
VS.HSUPA.UE.Ma x.CAT9
HSUPA.CEL L
Maximum Number of HSUPA-enabled UEs of Category 9 in a Serving Cell
Fault Management No impact.
3.16.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.17 WRFD-140202 Control Channel Parallel Interference Cancellation (Phase 2)(New/Optional) 3.17.1 Description This feature improves the efficiency of Control Channel Parallel Interference Cancellation (CCPIC) by using the advanced regeneration cancellation algorithm. In addition, the benefits of CCPIC are shared across baseband boards.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-38
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.17.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity This feature significantly increases the uplink system capacity. When the DPCCH uses a large proportion of RTWP in a cell, this feature increases system capacity by up to 20%. This gain is possible when, for example, the uplink throughput is not high but there are a large number of UEs in the cell.
Network Performance Assume that a WBBPa or WBBPb board and a WBBPd or WBBPf board are inserted into one BBU to form a UL resource group. To share the CCPIC gains of the WBBPd or WBBPf board when ICMODE is set to FULL_IC, UEs with their data channel carried on the WBBPa or WBBPb board must set up another DPCCH on the WBBPd or WBBPf board for power control. Of the UEs, those with their downlink services carried on an HSDPA channel must set up another HS-DPCCH on the WBBPd or WBBPf board. This additional channel setup limits the number of UEs to be admitted and reduces the access success rate. Therefore, it is recommended that the WBBPa or WBBPb board be replaced with a WBBPd or WBBPf board to fully utilize CCPIC Phase 2.
3.17.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the NodeB.
3.17.4 Hardware To implement this feature, the following requirements must be met:
Only the 3900 series base stations (excluding the BTS3902E) support this feature.
At least one WBBPd or WBBPf board is configured.
3.17.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature has no impact on the Uu, Iub, Iur, or Iu interfaces.
3.17.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new NodeB-level license item on the NodeB.
Configuration Management This feature adds a new MML command on the NodeB side. Table 3-23 New command on the NodeB side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added command
ICMODE
SET ICMODE
This parameter specifies whether a WBBPa or WBBPb board can benefit from interference cancellation (IC) gains of a WBBPd or WBBPf board in the same UL resource group.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-39
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Performance Management This feature adds new NodeB counters, as shown in Table 3-24. Table 3-24 New counters on the NodeB side Change Type
Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
Added counter
VS.CellFirstStageIcEf f.Mean
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average efficiency of first-stage IC in a cell
Added counter
VS.CellFirstStageIcEf f.Max
HSUPA.LOCELL
Maximum efficiency of first-stage IC in a cell
Efficiency of first-stage IC in a cell is calculated with the following formula:
Efficiency of first-stage IC in a cell = (RTWP measured before IC − RTWP measured after first-stage IC)/RTWP measured before IC
Fault Management No impact.
3.17.7 Impact on Other Features Required Features This feature depends on the WRFD-010210 Control Channel Parallel Interference Cancellation (CCPIC) feature.
Affected Features This feature (CCPIC Phase 2) affects the following features:
WRFD-010712 Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA
WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission
When CCPIC Phase 2 is enabled, gains from Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA and HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission decrease. Likewise, when Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA or HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission is enabled, gains from CCPIC Phase 2 decrease. This is because CCPIC increases system capacity by canceling interference from the DPCCH while Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA and HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission reduce the DPCCH power and therefore leave less interference from the DPCCH to be canceled. System throughput is always greater when CCPIC Phase 2 is enabled together with Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA or HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission, as compared with when CCPIC Phase 2 is not enabled together with Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA or HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission or none of the features is enabled.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-40
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.18 WRFD-140215 Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period (New/Optional) 3.18.1 Description After a service is established over an HSDPA channel for a UE, the UE needs to periodically report its CQI. From the CQI, the NodeB learns the UE's location and the radio quality at that location, based on which the NodeB selects an appropriate rate to transmit data. A short CQI feedback period ensures timely feedback on radio channel quality so that the NodeB can dynamically select appropriate rates to correctly transmit data and achieve high downlink throughput with adequate resources. However, if the CQI feedback period is too short, HSDPA UEs frequently send CQI feedback and increases the uplink load. This problem becomes severe when a large number of HSDPA UEs are online. Frequent CQI feedback is not necessary when there are a large number of HSDPA UEs online, because HSDPA UEs are not likely to achieve high downlink throughput. When only a small number of HSDPA UEs are online, this feature configures a short CQI feedback period to ensure high downlink throughput for HSDPA UEs. When a large number of HSDPA UEs are online and cause a heavy load on the uplink, this feature configures a long CQI feedback period to alleviate the uplink load and increase the available capacity on uplink traffic channels. Reducing the CQI feedback period lowers UE transmit power and thereby improves network performance. For the combination of CS and PS services, this feature configures a long CQI feedback period to improve coverage performance.
3.18.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity When a large number of HSDPA UEs are online, CQIs sent over HS-DPCCHs contribute to a large proportion of the uplink load and compromise uplink capacity. In this case, if the total uplink load and actual uplink service load are both restricted, the RNC configures the CQI feedback period (which can improve capacity) for UEs in order to reduce power on control channels and increase power on traffic channels. This raises the uplink throughput. Emulation tests were performed based on small-packet transmission. The test results are as follows: If the CQI feedback period is adjusted from 2 ms to 8 ms and there are 40 online HSDPA UEs, the uplink actual load decreases by a maximum of 20% during busy hours. If the CQI feedback period is adjusted from 4 ms to 8 ms, the uplink actual load decreases by a maximum of 10% during busy hours.
Network Performance Increasing the CQI feedback period lowers the following:
Power required for CQI feedback
Uplink RTWP in the cell
Call drop rate
Increasing the CQI feedback period raises the following:
Uplink SNR
RRC connection success rate
RAB setup success rate
Soft handover success rate
Coverage performance
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-41
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
For HSDPA UEs, a long CQI feedback period results in CQIs not being promptly reported. This may lead to decreased throughput and longer delay.
3.18.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.18.4 Hardware This feature has no impact on the RNC hardware. This feature depends on the following NodeB hardware:
If Load-based Dynamic Configuration of the HSDPA CQI Feedback Period is required, the following hardware dependences of NodeB are required because the actual load report is limited by the following items: − The
BTS3812E, BTS3812A, and BTS3812AE do not support the feature.
− The
DBS3800 does not support this feature.
− If
the 3900 series base station is configured with WBBPa board or the 20 W RRU3801C, the 3900 series base station does not support this feature; otherwise, the 3900 series base station supports this feature.
Dynamic configuration of the CQI feedback period for the combination of CS and PS services and dynamic configuration of the CQI feedback period for E2D transitions due to limited coverage have no hardware dependence of NodeB.
3.18.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature has no impact on the Uu, Iur, or Iu interfaces. The NodeB reports the actual service load over the Iub interface.
3.18.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new cell-level license item on the RNC.
Configuration Management This feature has an impact on the RNC parameters, as shown in Table 3-25. Table 3-25 Parameters that have been added or modified on the RNC side Change Type
Switch
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added switch
PC_CQI_CY CLE_BASE _CELLLOA D_SWITCH
PcSwitch
SET UCORRMALGO SWITCH
This is the switch for load-based dynamic configuration of the CQI feedback period. The value 1 indicates that the switch is turned on.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-42
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Change Type
Switch
Added switch
PC_CQI_CY CLE_BASE _CS_PLUS _PS_SWITC H
Added parameter
-
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Parameter ID
MML Command
This is the switch for dynamic configuration of the CQI feedback period for the combination of CS and PS services. The value 1 indicates that the switch is turned on. CQIFBckBa seCellLoad
SET UHSDPCCH ADD/MOD UCELLHSDPCC H
Added parameter
Added parameter
-
-
Description
CQIFBckBa seCsComb Serv
SET UHSDPCCH
UlActualloa dTrigLdrTh d
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
ADD/MOD UCELLHSDPCC H
This parameter specifies the length of the CQI feedback period when a PE BE service is carried on an HSDPA channel on the downlink and the serving cell is congested on the uplink. This parameter specifies the CQI feedback period for the combination of CS and PS services.
This parameter specifies the threshold above which the actual uplink service load is restricted.
Performance Management This feature adds new counters on the RNC side, as shown in Table 3-26. Table 3-26 New counters on the RNC side Change Type
Counter
Measureme nt Unit
Description
Added counter
VS.HSDPA.DynCfgAtt.L ongCQI
ALGO2.Cell
Number of attempts to configure a long CQI feedback period for a cell
Added counter
VS.HSDPA.DynCfgAtt.S hortCQI
ALGO2.Cell
Number of attempts to configure a short CQI feedback period for a cell
If VS.HSDPA.DynCfgAtt.LongCQI is not 0, it indicates that the feature has taken effect. If VS.HSDPA.DynCfgAtt.LongCQI constitutes a large proportion of the sum of VS.HSDPA.DynCfgAtt.LongCQI and VS.HSDPA.DynCfgAtt.ShortCQI, it indicates that the feature has yielded notable gains.
Fault Management No impact.
3.18.7 Impact on Other Features This feature depends on the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-43
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
If the WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell feature is configured, the load-based dynamic configuration of the HSDPA CQI feedback period function in this feature cannot take effect.
3.19 WRFD-140216 Load-based Uplink Target BLER Configuration (New/Optional) 3.19.1 Description In a WCDMA system, a high SNR increases the probability of data blocks being correctly received. However, a high SNR requires high transmit power, which results in increased interference to the system. Currently, most UEs only support R99 channels on the uplink. This feature dynamically configures the target BLERs on R99 channels based on the uplink loads. When the uplink load is light, this feature configures a small target BLER for each R99 channel to improve data transmission quality. When the uplink load is heavy, this feature configures a large target BLER for each R99 channel to sacrifice a little throughput for a reduced load on the channel and higher system capacity. The BLER on a channel is controlled by the receiver by means of outer-loop power control. The RNC can quickly adjust the target BLERs on uplink R99 channels. Therefore, this feature is used only if uplink services are set up on dedicated physical channels (DPCHs).
3.19.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity When the total uplink load and actual uplink service load in a cell are restricted, increasing the target BLER lowers the uplink load in the cell and raises the uplink throughput of the cell. Emulation results show that the uplink load decreases by at most about 15% when there are 30 online R99 UEs and the target BLER is adjusted.
Network Performance When the total uplink load and actual uplink service load are restricted, the target BLER is increased to:
Lower the following: − Required − Uplink − Call
UE power
RTWP in the cell
drop rate
Raise the following: − Uplink
SNR in the cell
− RRC
connection success rate
− RAB
setup success rate
− Soft
handover success rate
If the target BLER is used for R99 UEs under load congestion, the actual BLER increases, the effective rates for individual UEs drop, and delay is extended.
3.19.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-44
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.19.4 Hardware This feature has no impact on the RNC hardware. The following hardware dependences of NodeB are required because the actual load report is limited by the following items:
The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, and BTS3812AE do not support the feature.
The DBS3800 does not support this feature.
If the 3900 series base station is configured with WBBPa board or the 20 W RRU3801C, the 3900 series base station does not support this feature. Otherwise, the 3900 series base station supports the feature.
3.19.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature has no impact on the Uu, Iur, or Iu interfaces. The NodeB reports the actual service load over the Iub interface.
3.19.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new cell-level license item on the RNC.
Configuration Management This feature has the following impact on RNC parameters. Table 3-27 Parameters that have been added or modified on the RNC side Change Type
Switch
Parameter
Command
Function
Added switch
PC_BLER _TARGET _BASE_C ELLLOAD _SWITCH
PcSwitch
SET UCORRMAL GOSWITCH
This is the switch for load-based target BLER configuration for best effort (BE) services. The value 1 indicates that the switch is turned on.
Added parameter
-
BlerTarget BaseCellLo ad
SET UHSDPCCH
This parameter specifies the target BLER to be used when the uplink load is congested in the cell and the services carried on DCHs on the uplink are all PS BE services.
UlActualloa dTrigLdrTh d
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
Added parameter
-
ADD/MOD UCELLHSDP CCH
This parameter specifies the threshold above which the actual uplink service load is restricted.
Performance Management The following counters have been added to the RNC.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-45
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-28 New counters on the RNC side Change Type
Counter
Measureme nt Unit
Description
Added counter
VS.ULBler.BE.Large
ALGO2.Cell
Number of attempts to configure BLER in a Congested Cell
Added counter
VS.ULBler.BE.Small
ALGO2.Cell
Number of attempts to configure BLER in a Normal Cell
If VS.ULBler.BE.Large is not 0, it indicates that the feature has taken effect. If VS.ULBler.BE.Large constitutes a large proportion of the sum of VS.ULBler.BE.Large and VS.ULBler.BE.Small, it indicates that the feature has yielded notable gains.
Fault Management No impact.
3.19.7 Impact on Other Features The load-based uplink target BLER configuration feature dynamically adjusts the target BLER based on the load. The more quickly the UE transmit power converges to the power corresponding to the new target BLER, the more gains this feature yields. Therefore, it is recommended that the OLPC enhancement algorithm be enabled when this feature is enabled. The OLPC enhancement algorithm quickly adjusts the target SIR and thereby ensures high gains of the load-based uplink target BLER configuration feature. The switch for the OLPC optimization algorithm is PC_OLPC_FastDown_Optimize_SWITCH under PcSwitch. If the WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell feature is configured, this feature cannot take effect.
3.20 WRFD-140207 Iu/Iur Transmission Resource Pool in RNC (New/Optional) 3.20.1 Description A transmission resource pool is formed by multiple interface boards on the RNC side. The IP addresses assigned to these boards form an IP address pool. Any peer NE of the RNC over the Iu/Iur interface, for example, an MGW, SGSN, GGSN, or NRNC, can be connected to any interface board in the transmission resource pool. When a service needs to be set up, the RNC selects an IP address from the IP address pool for the service in a way that ensures load balancing. The transmission resource pool eliminates the need for configuring an IP path. A transmission link can be set up directly between the RNC and a peer NE. Each peer NE is bound to an IP address pool on the RNC side by using the corresponding adjacent node. Each IP address in the IP address pool is bound to the egress port of an interface board according to the source-based route. The RNC selects egress ports for packets based on the same source-based route. This feature can be applied to the Iu/Iur interface.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-46
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.20.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity If transmission resource pools are configured, the RNC requires fewer interface boards but provides the equal system capacity. The spared space for boards can be used for additional user-plane boards and control-plane boards, expanding system capacity of the RNC.
Network Performance If transmission resource pools are not configured, some interface boards may be congested while some are lightly loaded. Board congestion may affect user throughput of an associated NodeB. If transmission resource pools are configured, the RNC processes services in a way that ensures load balancing and traffic is evenly distributed among interface boards. If the total capacity of interface boards is sufficient, board congestion does not occur and the total user throughput may increase.
3.20.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC, CME, M2000, and RNC LMT.
3.20.4 Hardware The interface boards of the RNC use the GOUc or FG2c boards.
3.20.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature has no impact on inter-NE interfaces.
3.20.6 Operation and Maintenance License A new license item has been introduced on the RNC to control this feature at the RNC level.
Configuration Management Table 3-29 describes the man-machine language (MML) commands that have been added on the RNC for this feature. Table 3-29 New commands on the RNC side MML Command
Description
ADD/MOD/RMV IPPOOL
Use these commands to add, modify, and remove a transmission resource pool respectively.
LST IPPOOL
Use this command to query the configuration of a transmission resource pool.
DSP IPPOOL
Use this command to query the state and load of IP in a transmission resource pool.
ADD/RMV IPPOOLIP
Use these commands to add an IP address to and remove it from a transmission resource pool respectively.
LST IPPOOLIP
Use this command to query all IP addresses in a transmission resource pool.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-47
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
MML Command
Description
DSP IPPOOLIP
Use this command to query all adjacent nodes bound to the local IP address and the binding causes.
BLK/UBL IPPOOLIP
Use these commands to block and unblock an IP address in a transmission resource pool respectively. A blocked IP address cannot be used by the transmission resource pool.
DSP ADJNODEDIP
Use this command to query the IP address information of an adjacent node.
DSP ADJNODEPING
Use this command to query the status of connectivity check with the ping command for an adjacent node.
SET/LST TNLOADBALANCEPARA
Use these commands to set and query the load balancing parameters for the interface board and MPU board respectively.
ADD/MOD/RMV SRCIPRT
Use these commands to add, modify, and remove a source-based route respectively.
LST SRCIPRT
Use this command to query the configuration of a source-based route.
DSP SRCIPRT
Use this command to query the status of a sourcebased route.
This feature also adds some new parameters to existing RNC commands, as shown in Table 3-30. Table 3-30 New parameters on the RNC side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added parameter
ISIPPOOL
ADD/MOD ADJNODE
Whether a transmission resource pool is used.
Added parameter
IPPOOLINDEX
Index for a transmission resource pool.
Added parameter
PINGSWITCH
Whether the connectivity check with the ping command for an adjacent node is used.
Added parameter
PERIOD
Period of connectivity check with the ping command.
Added parameter
CHECKCOUNT
Number of timeouts for connectivity check with the ping command.
Added parameter
ICMPPKGLEN
Ping packet length. The total length of the ping packet contains the IP header.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-48
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Change Type
Parameter ID
Added parameter
CNMNGMODE
MML Command
Description Resource management mode. Whether to share an adjacent node over the Iu interface in a multi-operator network.
Added parameter
CNOPINDEX
Added parameter
ISIPPOOL
Added parameter
IPADDR
Index for an operator exclusively occupying the adjacent node over the Iu interface in a multi-operator network. DSP IPCHN
Whether a transmission resource pool is used. Local IP address of a transmission resource pool.
The execution result of the DSP INTERWK command on the RNC has included the interworking information about IP PM and connectivity check with the ping command for the transmission resource pool. Changes on the CME are as follows:
The following configuration objects have been added over the Iu/Iur interface: − Policy-Based − IP
Route Based on the Source IP Address
Pool
The Adjust Transmission Pool page has been added.
Performance Management Table 3-31 describes the measurement units that have been added on the RNC for this feature. Table 3-31 New measurement units on the RNC side Change Type
Measurement Unit
Description
Added measurement unit
IPPOOL.SIP.IPLAYER
Statistics on packets received and sent at a source IP address in the transmission resource pool
Added measurement unit
IPPOOL.ADJNODE
Statistics on transmission quality of an adjacent node in the transmission resource pool
Added measurement unit
IPPOOL.SIP
Statistics on transmission quality at a source IP address in the transmission resource pool
Added measurement unit
IPPOOL.RTP
Statistics on Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) in the transmission resource pool
On the RNC LMT, IPPOOL LOCAL IP has been added to Monitor Item on the Link Performance Monitoring page.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-49
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Fault Management There is no IP path in the transmission resource pool and therefore the alarms related to IP path are not reported. The following alarms have been added on the RNC:
ALM-21392 Adjacent Node IP Address Ping Failure
ALM-21393 Adjacent Node IP Path Ping Failure
ALM-21394 Transmission Resource Pool IP Packet Loss
ALM-21602 IP In IP Address Pool Blocked
3.20.7 Impact on Other Features Required Features This feature depends on the following features:
WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface
WRFD-050410 IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface
Mutually Exclusive Features This feature and the WRFD-050412 UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission feature are mutually exclusive.
3.21 WRFD-140208 Iub Transmission Resource Pool in RNC (New/Optional) 3.21.1 Description A transmission resource pool is formed by multiple interface boards on the RNC side. The IP addresses assigned to these boards form an IP address pool. Each NodeB is connected to an interface board in the transmission resource pool. When a service needs to be set up, the RNC selects an IP address from the IP address pool for the service in a way that ensures load balancing. The transmission resource pool eliminates the need for configuring an IP path. A transmission link can be set up directly between the RNC and the NodeB. Each NodeB is bound to an IP address pool on the RNC side by using the corresponding adjacent node. Each IP address in the IP address pool is bound to the egress port of an interface board according to the source-based route. The RNC selects egress ports for packets based on the same source-based route. This feature can be applied to the Iub interface.
3.21.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity If transmission resource pools are configured, the RNC provides a larger transmission capacity by using the equal number of interface boards. The following example briefs the benefit of a transmission resource pool to transmission capacity, assuming that there are 500 base stations on the live network and an interface board on the RNC serves 100 base stations:
The RNC requires 10 interface boards if no transmission resource pool is configured.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-50
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Five pairs of interface boards in active/standby mode serve 500 base stations, with one pair for 100 base stations. Therefore, 10 interface boards are required.
The RNC requires only six interface boards if a transmission resource pool is configured. Five interface boards serve 500 base stations and an extra interface board serves as redundancy. This extra interface board maintains system capacity if a single interface board fails.
The spared space for boards can be used for additional user-plane boards and control-plane boards, expanding system capacity of the RNC.
Network Performance If transmission resource pools are not configured, some interface boards may be congested while some are lightly loaded because a NodeB is bound to an interface board on the RNC side. Board congestion may affect user throughput of an associated NodeB. If transmission resource pools are configured, the RNC processes services in a way that ensures load balancing and traffic is evenly distributed among interface boards. If the total capacity of interface boards is sufficient, board congestion does not occur and the total user throughput may increase.
3.21.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC, CME, M2000, NodeB, RNC LMT, and NodeB LMT.
3.21.4 Hardware
Dependency on RNC Hardware The interface boards of the RNC use the GOUc or FG2c boards.
Dependency on NodeB Hardware The NodeB is a 3900 series base station or BTS3902E. The Ethernet interface boards of 3900 series base stations support this feature, including the WMPT, UMPT, UTRP, and UTRPc boards.
3.21.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature has no impact on inter-NE interfaces.
3.21.6 Operation and Maintenance License A new license item has been introduced on the RNC to control this feature at the RNC level.
Configuration Management Table 3-32 describes the MML commands that have been added on the RNC and NodeB for this feature. Table 3-32 New commands on the RNC and NodeB NE
MML Command
Description
RNC
ADD/MOD/RMV IPPOOL
Use these commands to add, modify, and remove a transmission resource pool respectively.
LST IPPOOL
Use this command to query the configuration of a transmission resource pool.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-51
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
NE
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
MML Command
Description
DSP IPPOOL
Use this command to query the state and load of IP in a transmission resource pool.
ADD/RMV IPPOOLIP
Use these commands to add an IP address to and remove it from a transmission resource pool respectively.
LST IPPOOLIP
Use this command to query all IP addresses in a transmission resource pool.
DSP IPPOOLIP
Use this command to query all adjacent nodes bound to the local IP address and the binding causes.
BLK/UBL IPPOOLIP
Use these commands to block and unblock an IP address in a transmission resource pool respectively. A blocked IP address cannot be used by the transmission resource pool.
DSP ADJNODEDIP
Use this command to query the IP address information of an adjacent node.
DSP ADJNODEPING
Use this command to query the status of connectivity check with the ping command for an adjacent node.
SET/LST TNLOADBALANCEPARA
Use these commands to set and query the load balancing parameters for the interface board and MPU board.
ADD/MOD/RMV SRCIPRT
Use these commands to add, modify, and remove a source-based route respectively.
LST SRCIPRT
Use this command to query the configuration of a source-based route.
DSP SRCIPRT
Use this command to query the status of a source-based route.
ACT/DEA IPPOOLPM
Use these commands to activate and deactivate IP PM between the adjacent node and the transmission resource pool respectively.
LST IPPOOLPM
Use this command to query the configuration of IP PM between the adjacent node and the transmission resource pool.
DSP IPPOOLPM
Use this command to query the monitoring status of IP PM between the adjacent node and the transmission resource pool.
ADD ADJNODEIPBIND
Use this command to forcedly bind an adjacent node to an IP address in the transmission resource pool.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-52
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
NE
NodeB
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
MML Command
Description
RMV/LST ADJNODEIPBIND
Use these commands to remove and query the binding relationship between an adjacent node and an IP address in the transmission resource pool respectively.
ADD SERVIP
Use this command to set the service IP address on the NodeB side.
RMV/LST/MOD SERVIP
Use these commands to remove, query, and modify the settings in the ADD SERVIP command respectively.
This feature also adds some new parameters to existing RNC commands, as shown in Table 3-33. Table 3-33 New parameters on the RNC side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added parameter
ISIPPOOL
ADD/MOD ADJNODE
Whether a transmission resource pool is used.
Added parameter
IPPOOLINDEX
Index for an IP address pool.
Added parameter
PINGSWITCH
Whether the connectivity check with the ping command for an adjacent node is used.
Added parameter
PERIOD
Period of connectivity check with the ping command.
Added parameter
CHECKCOUNT
Number of timeouts for connectivity check with the ping command.
Added parameter
ICMPPKGLEN
Ping packet length. The total length of the ping packet contains the IP header.
Added parameter
Transmit bandwidth of an adjacent node.
TxBw
Also the service admission bandwidth of an adjacent node. Added parameter
Receive bandwidth of an adjacent node.
RxBw
Also the service admission bandwidth of an adjacent node. Added parameter
TRMLOADTHINDEX
Added parameter
ISIPPOOL
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
TRM load threshold index DSP IPCHN
Whether a transmission resource pool is used.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-53
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Change Type
Parameter ID
Added parameter
IPADDR
MML Command
Description Local IP address of the IP address pool.
The execution result of the DSP INTERWK command on the RNC has included the interworking information about IP PM and connectivity check with the ping command for the transmission resource pool. Changes on the CME are as follows:
The following configuration objects have been added over the Iub interface: − Policy-Based − IP
Route Based on the Source IP Address
Pool
The Adjust Transmission Pool page has been added.
The topology view on the M2000 can display the binding between NodeBs and the transmission resource pool.
Performance Management Table 3-34 describes the measurement units that have been added on the RNC for this feature. Table 3-34 New measurement units on the RNC side Change Type
Measurement Unit
Description
Added measurement unit
IPPOOL.SIP.IPLAYE R
Statistics on packets received and sent at a source IP address in the transmission resource pool
Added measurement unit
IPPOOL.ADJNODE
Statistics on transmission quality of an adjacent node in the transmission resource pool
Added measurement unit
IPPOOL.SIP
Statistics on transmission quality at a source IP address in the transmission resource pool
Added measurement unit
IPPOOL.PM
Statistics on IP PM between an adjacent node and the transmission resource pool
On the RNC LMT, IPPOOL LOCAL IP and IPPOOL PM have been added to Monitor Item on the Link Performance Monitoring page.
Fault Management There is no IP path in the transmission resource pool and therefore the alarms related to IP path are not reported. The following alarms have been added on the RNC:
ALM-21392 Adjacent Node IP Address Ping Failure
ALM-21393 Adjacent Node IP Path Ping Failure
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-54
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
ALM-21394 Transmission Resource Pool IP Packet Loss
ALM-21603 Adjacent Node Congestion
ALM-21602 IP In IP Address Pool Blocked
3.21.7 Impact on Other Features Required Features This feature depends on the WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface feature.
Mutually Exclusive Features This feature is mutually exclusive to the following features:
WRFD-021305 RAN Sharing Phase 2
WRFD-02130501 Dedicated Iub Transmission Control
WRFD-050420 FP MUX for IP Transmission
WRFD-050422 Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP
WRFD-050403 Hybrid Iub IP Transmission
Affected Features This feature affects the following RAN features:
WRFD-050408 Overbooking on IP Transmission Overbooking is implemented by means of admission, shaping, and backpressure over the logical ports. When a transmission resource pool is used, logical ports are unavailable and therefore overbooking cannot be implemented.
WRFD-020101 Admission Control When a transmission resource pool is used, the RNC does not perform admission control for BE services, including interactive services and background services. Only congestion control is performed for BE services on the user plane.
3.22 WRFD-140223 MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation (New/Optional) 3.22.1 Description This feature is new in RAN14.0. In MOCN networking scenarios, the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation feature introduced in RAN14.0 prevents UEs of an operator from occupying excessive cell resources. This ensures fairness to each operator in using shared cell resources. With this feature, the percentage of cell resources available for each operator in a shared MOCN cell is configurable. The predefined cell resources are DL R99 spreading codes (SCs) and HSDPA power resources. After this feature is enabled, the RAN manages DL R99 SCs and HSDPA power resources in a shared MOCN cell as follows:
The RNC performs admission, preemption, and congestion control. When cell resources are sufficient, the RNC admits UEs without differentiating between operators. UEs of any operator can use more resources than the predefined resource percentage. When a UE cannot be admitted due to insufficient cell resources, the RNC determines whether to trigger preemption based on the actual percentage of resources being used by each operator.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-55
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
When congestion triggered by insufficient DL R99 SCs occurs in the cell, the RNC preferentially performs congestion control on R99 UEs whose operator exceeds the predefined percentage of DL R99 SCs the most.
The NodeB adjusts scheduling priority and performs scheduling for HSDPA UEs accordingly. The NodeB adjusts scheduling priorities among HSDPA UEs of different operators in real time to ensure the actual usage of each operator's HSDPA power resources is close to the percentage of available HSDPA power resources predefined for each operator.
3.22.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance With the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation feature, the RNC is more likely to trigger preemption and the call drop rate increases in a cell with heavy load if any operator uses more DL R99 SCs or HSDPA power than its predefined resource percentage. In a cell with light load, however, this feature has no impact on network performance because preemption is not triggered.
3.22.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC and NodeB.
3.22.4 Hardware Only the 3900 series base stations and the BTS3902E support this feature. The WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board must be configured on the 3900 series base stations.
3.22.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature affects Iub and Iur interfaces. On the Iub interface:
Private IEs ucMocnoperatorIndex, ucMocnoperatordemarcationHpowerratio, and ucPrimOperIndex are added to the PHYSICAL SHARED CHANNEL RECONFIGRATION REQUEST message. The RNC indicates the indexes of MOCN operators, their predefined percentages of available HSDPA power resources, and index of the primary operator in these IEs to the NodeB, respectively.
The private IE ucSharedOperIndex is added to the RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST, RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE, and RADIO LINK ADDTION REQUEST messages. The RNC indicates information about each HSDPA UE's serving operator in this private IE to the NodeB.
The private IE OperatorHsdpaGbpPwrListPrivate is added to the COMMON MEASUREMENT REPORT message. The NodeB uses this private IE to periodically notify the RNC of the total GBP required for each operator's HSDPA UEs using network resources.
On the Iur interface, the private IE ulPlmnId is added to the RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST, RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE, and RADIO LINK ADDTION REQUEST messages. The SRNC indicates information about a UE's serving operator in this private IE to the DRNC.
3.22.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new cell-level license item on the RNC.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-56
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Configuration Management Table 3-35 lists commands added on the RNC. Table 3-35 New commands on the RNC side MML Command
Description
ADD/MOD/RMV/LST UCELLMOCNSFDEMAR
Use these commands to configure, modify, remove, and query the predefined percentage of DL R99 SCs available for each operator in a shared MOCN cell.
ADD/MOD/RMV/LST UCELLMOCNDPAPOWERDEMAR
Use these commands to configure, modify, remove, and query the predefined percentage of HSDPA power resources available for each operator in a shared MOCN cell.
This feature also adds some new parameters to existing RNC commands, as shown in Table 3-36. Table 3-36 New parameters and switches on the RNC side Change Type
Switch
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added switch
PLMNID_IN CLUDED
IurPrivateInterfa ceSwitch
ADD/MOD UNRNC
Turn on this switch to enable the SRNC to deliver information about a UE's serving operator to the DRNC on the Iur interface.
Added parameter
-
IubPrivateInterf aceSwitch
SET URRCTRLS WITCH
Select RL_OpIndex_INCLUDED under this parameter to enable the RNC to deliver on the Iub interface information about each HSDPA UE's serving operator and each operator's predefined percentage of available HSDPA resources.
Added parameter
-
DemarcPreempt Switch
ADD UCELLALG OSWITCH
Select MOCN_DEMARC_PREEMP T_SF and MOCN_DEMARC_PREEMP T_GBP under this parameter to enable preemption based on DL R99 SCs and preemption based on GBP, respectively.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-57
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Performance Management This feature adds new counters on the RNC or NodeB side, as shown in Table 3-37. Table 3-37 New counters on the RNC and NodeB NE
Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
RNC
VS.RAB.SFOccupy.MAX .SharedOperator0
PLMN.CELL
Maximum Number of Spreading Codes Occupied by Shared Operator0 for Cell
RNC
VS.RAB.SFOccupy.Shar edOperator0
PLMN.CELL
Average Number of Spreading Codes Occupied by Shared Operator0 for Cell
RNC
VS.RAB.SFOccupy.MAX .SharedOperator1
PLMN.CELL
Maximum Number of Spreading Codes Occupied by Shared Operator1 for Cell
RNC
VS.RAB.SFOccupy.Shar edOperator1
PLMN.CELL
Average Number of Spreading Codes Occupied by Shared Operator1 for Cell
RNC
VS.RAB.SFOccupy.MAX .SharedOperator2
PLMN.CELL
Maximum Number of Spreading Codes Occupied by Shared Operator2 for Cell
RNC
VS.RAB.SFOccupy.Shar edOperator2
PLMN.CELL
Average Number of Spreading Codes Occupied by Shared Operator2 for Cell
RNC
VS.RAB.SFOccupy.MAX .SharedOperator3
PLMN.CELL
Maximum Number of Spreading Codes Occupied by Shared Operator3 for Cell
RNC
VS.RAB.SFOccupy.Shar edOperator3
PLMN.CELL
Average Number of Spreading Codes Occupied by Shared Operator3 for Cell
NodeB
VS.HSDPAPwrRatio.Sh aredOperator0
HSDPA.LOCELL
Average HSDPA power ratio for operator 0 in a cell of an MOCN network
NodeB
VS.HSDPAPwrRatio.Sh aredOperator1
HSDPA.LOCELL
Average HSDPA power ratio for operator 1 in a cell of an MOCN network
NodeB
VS.HSDPAPwrRatio.Sh aredOperator2
HSDPA.LOCELL
Average HSDPA power ratio for operator 2 in a cell of an MOCN network
NodeB
VS.HSDPAPwrRatio.Sh aredOperator3
HSDPA.LOCELL
Average HSDPA power ratio for operator 3 in a cell of an MOCN network
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-58
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Fault Management No impact.
3.22.7 Impact on Other Features The MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation feature depends on the WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package feature. It is not recommended that this feature be used with the WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA feature because enabling Dual-Carrier High Speed Downlink Packet Access (DC-HSDPA) results in inaccurate statistics on HSDPA power. DC-HSDPA takes statistics of HSDPA power resources based on two cells whereas MOCN takes statistics of HSDPA power resources based on one cell.
3.23 WRFD-140210 NodeB PKI Support (New/Optional) 3.23.1 Description PKI is the foundation and core of contemporary network security construction and provides information security based on the asymmetric cryptographic algorithm. PKI is mainly used to manage digital certificates. A digital certificate identifies a piece of equipment and is created by a trusted certificate authority (CA), which digitally signs the equipment information and public key. A digital certificate includes the following information:
Equipment information
Validity period of the certificate
Public key
Digital signature of the organization that grants the certificate
During digital certificate authentication, asymmetric keys are used to authenticate equipment identity. The sender uses a private key to sign data, and the receiver uses the public key in the certificate to check signature validity. Huawei NodeBs support PKI-based end-to-end certificate management solutions, which involve the certificate preconfiguration phase, deployment phase, and operation phase. This phased approach facilitates the use of the certificates. Certificates in Huawei NodeBs are managed by using Certificate Management Protocol (CMPv2). For Huawei products, digital certificates are applicable in either of the following scenarios:
Authentication during the setup of an Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) tunnel between a base station and an SeGW in a radio bearer network
Authentication during the setup of an SSL-encrypted operation and maintenance (O&M) channel between a base station and the M2000. SSL stands for Secure Sockets Layer.
To use PKI, the peer device, such as the SeGW, must also support the PKI functionality.
3.23.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-59
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.23.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the NodeB and M2000.
3.23.4 Hardware Only the 3900 series base stations support this feature. They must use the Ethernet ports of the UTRPc or UMPT board to connect to the CA server.
3.23.5 Inter-NE Interface The CMPv2 interface must be supported between the base station and the CA server for certificate application and update.
3.23.6 Operation and Maintenance License A NodeB-level license for this feature is added on the NodeB side.
Configuration Management Table 3-38 lists commands added on the RNC. Table 3-38 New commands on the RNC side MML Command
Description
MOD CERTREQ
The command is used to modify a device certificate request for generating a certificate request file.
LST CERTREQ
The command is used to list the content of a device certificate request.
ADD/LST/RMV CERTMK
The commands are used to add, list, and remove a device certificate, respectively.
DSP CERTMK
The command is used to query the configurations of a device certificate.
MOD/LST/TST APPCERT
The commands are used to modify, list, and test a device certificate used by a base station, respectively.
DSP APPCERT
The command is used to query the configurations of a device certificate used by a base station.
LST CERTTYPE
The command is used to list NE-supported certificate application types.
ADD/RMV/LST TRUSTCERT
The commands are used to add, remove, and list a CA-issued certificate or a certificate chain, respectively.
DSP TRUSTCERT
The command is used to query the configurations of a CA-issued certificate or a certificate chain.
ADD/RMV/LST CRL
The commands are used to add, remove, and list a CRL file.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-60
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
MML Command
Description
DSP CRL
The command is used to query the configurations of a CRL file.
ADD/RMV/LST CRLTSK
The commands are used to add, remove, and list a CRL update task, respectively.
SET/LST CRLPOLICY
The commands are used to set and list CRL usage policies, respectively.
SET/LST CERTCHKTSK
The commands are used to set and list a task of periodic certificate validity checks, respectively.
DLD CERTFILE
The command is used to download a digital certificate file.
LST CERTFILE
The command is used to list a certificate file in the directory where a base station stores downloaded files.
RMV CERTFILE
The command is used to remove a certificate file from the directory where a base station stores downloaded files.
The following user interfaces have been added on a per managed object (MO) basis on the CME:
CERTDEPLOY
CA
CERTREQ
CERTMK
APPCERT
TRUSTCERT
CERTCHKTSK
CRL
CRLPOLICY
CRLTSK
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management The following NodeB alarms have been added:
ALM-26840 Imminent Certificate Expiry
ALM-26841 Certificate Invalid
ALM-26842 Automatic Certificate Update Failed
ALM-26832 Peer Certificate Expiry
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-61
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.23.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.24 WRFD-140209 NodeB Integrated IPSec (New/Optional) 3.24.1 Description With the evolution towards IP-based networks, operators use an existing IP bearer network or a leased telecom bearer network to reduce network deployment costs. This may pose security threats. Before IPSec is introduced, a base station transmits control plane data, user plane data, and management plane data in plaintext. Packets transmitted on an insecure network are vulnerable to unauthorized access or malicious modification. To ensure transport network security, Huawei NodeBs incorporate the IPSec function, by which IPSec tunnels are set up for secure packet communication. As defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), IPSec is a set of protocols that support secure packet communication at the IP layer. These protocols are Authentication Header (AH), Encapsulation Security Protocol (ESP), and Internet Key Exchange (IKE). IPSec provides transparent end-to-end security services for IP networks, which protect IP packets from cyber attacks. With IPSec, two communication parties (also known as IPSec peers) ensure the following security features of data transmission on the network by encrypting and verifying IP packets:
Confidentiality. An IPSec entity encrypts user data and transmits the data in ciphertext to prevent the data from being disclosed on the transmission path. The IPSec entity refers to the network element (NE) or network device that uses IPSec for communication.
Integrity. The IPSec entity verifies the received data to ensure that it has not been tampered with.
Authenticity. The IPSec entity authenticates the data origin to confirm the sender of the data.
Anti-replay. The IPSec entity identifies packets and prevents malicious attackers from repeatedly sending captured packets.
RAN14.0 introduces NodeB Integrated IPSec for Huawei NodeBs. Therefore, on Huawei's UMTS networks, an IPSec tunnel can be established between the NodeB and SeGW, which protects data transmitted between the NodeB and the radio network controller (RNC).
3.24.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance IPSec ensures transmission security by encapsulating and encrypting IP packets. This reduces the transmission efficiency of service packets on the bearer network. Take ESP encapsulation in tunnel mode as an example. Assume that the IP payload is 500 bytes, the packet length (including the IP header and Ethernet header) before IPSec encapsulation is 540 bytes, the encryption algorithm is 3DES, and the authentication algorithm is MD5. Then, the packet structure after encapsulation is as follows: 20 bytes (Ethernet header) + 20 bytes (external IP header) + 8 bytes (ESP header) + 20 bytes (internal IP header) + 8 bytes (initialization vector) + 500 bytes (payload) + 2 bytes (padding) + 2 bytes (ESP trailer) + 16 bytes (integrity check value for MD5) The total length is 596 bytes. The transmission efficiency decreases from 92.59% to 83.89%.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-62
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
The impact of IPSec on the transmission efficiency of service data varies depending on the protocol, algorithm, and encapsulation mode. Table 3-39 and Table 3-40 describe the impact of IPSec on the transmission efficiency when the AH and the MD5, SHA, or SHA2 algorithm are used for integrity verification. Table 3-39 Impact of IPSec on the transmission efficiency in transport mode Service Algorithm
AMR 12.2 kbit/s
PS 32 kbit/s
CS 64 kbit/s
PS 128 kbit/s
PS 384 kbit/s
IPSec disabled
29%
51.6%
69.3%
78.6%
83.5%
MD5
22.9%
43.7%
61.8%
73.6%
79.6%
SHA
22.3%
42.8%
60.8%
72.9%
78.9%
SHA-256
20.5%
40.2%
58.2%
71.0%
77.5%
Table 3-40 Impact of IPSec on the transmission efficiency in tunnel mode Service Algorithm
AMR 12.2 kbit/s
PS 32 kbit/s
CS 64 kbit/s
PS 128 kbit/s
PS 384 kbit/s
IPSec disabled
29%
51.6%
69.3%
78.6%
83.5%
MD5
20.0%
39.4%
57.4%
70.3%
77.0%
SHA
19.4%
38.6%
56.5%
769.7%
76.6%
SHA-256
18.4%
36.5%
54.2%
67.9%
75.1%
Table 3-41 and Table 3-42 describe the impact of IPSec on the transmission efficiency when the ESP and the DES, 3DES, or AES algorithm are used for encryption. Table 3-41 Impact of IPSec on the transmission efficiency in transport mode Service Algorithm
AMR 12.2 kbit/s
PS 32 kbit/s
CS 64 kbit/s
PS 128 kbit/s
PS 384 kbit/s
IPSec disabled
29%
51.6%
69.3%
78.6%
83.5%
DES/3DES+MD5
22.1%
43.0%
60.2%
72.4%
78.7%
21.5%
42.1%
59.3%
71.7%
78.2%
AES+MD5
20.9%
41.2%
58.4%
71.1%
78.7%
AES+SHA
20.3%
40.4%
57.6%
70.5%
78.2%
DES/3DES +SHA
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-63
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-42 Impact of IPSec on the transmission efficiency in tunnel mode Service
AMR 12.2 kbit/s
PS 32 kbit/s
CS 64 kbit/s
PS 128 kbit/s
PS 384 kbit/s
29%
51.6%
69.3%
78.6%
83.5%
18.7%
38.1%
56.7%
69.9%
76.7%
18.3%
37.4%
55.9%
69.3%
76.2%
AES+MD5
18.7%
38.1%
55.2%
68.7%
76.7%
AES+SHA
18.3%
37.4%
54.4%
68.1%
76.2%
Algorithm IPSec disabled DES/3DES +MD5 DES/3DES +SHA
If IPSec is enabled, the first startup time of the NodeB increases by less than 2 minutes (excluding the VLAN scanning time) when the NEs and transmission equipment are available. The increased time is caused by the certificate request and IPSec tunnel establishment and depends on the response speed of the external DHCP server and the encryption protocol used by the SeGW.
3.24.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the NodeB, CME, M2000, and LMT. If IPSec is enabled on an operator's network, the operator must deploy the security gateway (SeGW) and Certificate Authority (CA). If IPSec is enabled together with the plug-and-play function for the NodeB, the operator needs to deploy an external Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server.
CA The CA must comply with the Certificate Management Protocol (CMP) in V2 (RFC 4210) and support public key infrastructure (PKI). The format of the certificate request message must comply with RFC 4211.
SeGW The SeGW must comply with the encryption protocol specified in RFC 2409 or RFC 4306. The SeGW must support PKI or PSK authentication.
External DHCP Server If IPSec is enabled together with the plug-and-play function for the NodeB, the operator needs to deploy an external DHCP server for NodeB IP address distribution. Generally, the IP address is temporarily assigned and is used for IPSec tunnel establishment between the NodeB and the SeGW and for communication between the NodeB and the M2000 on the intranet.
3.24.4 Hardware Only the 3900 series base stations support this feature. They must use the Ethernet ports of the UTRPc or UMPT board to connect to the SeGW.
3.24.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-64
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.24.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new NodeB-level license item on the NodeB.
Configuration Management This feature adds new NodeB MML commands, as shown in Table 3-43. Table 3-43 New commands on the NodeB side MML Command
Description
SET IKECFG
The command is used to set basic IKE configurations when a PSK is used for authentication.
LST IKECFG
This command is used to query the basic IKE configuration.
DSP IKECFG
The command is used to query the IKE status and basic IKE configurations.
ADD/MOD/RMV IKEPROPOSAL
The command is used to add, modify, or remove an IKE proposal.
LST IKEPROPOSAL
This command is used to query IKE proposal configuration.
DSP IKEPROPOSAL
The command is used to query the status and configurations of an IKE proposal.
ADD/MOD/RMV IKEPEER
The commands are used to add, modify, or remove an IKE peer.
LST IKEPEER
This command is used to query IKE peer configuration.
DSP IKEPEER
The command is used to query the status and configurations of an IKE peer.
DSP IKESTAT
The command is used to query the basic information about an IKE SA.
DSP IKEMSGSTAT
The command is used to query the statistical information about IKE messages.
DSP IKEV2EXCHSTAT
The command is used to query changes in the IKEv2 exchange status.
DSP IKEV1EXCHSTAT
The command is used to query changes in the IKEv1 exchange status.
ADD/MOD/RMV IPSECPROPOSAL
The commands are used to add, modify, or remove an IPSec proposal.
LST IPSECPROPOSAL
This command is used to query IPSec proposal configuration.
DSP IPSECPROPOSAL
The command is used to query the status and configurations of an IPSec proposal.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-65
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
MML Command
Description
ADD/MOD/RMV IPSECPOLICY
The commands are used to add, modify, or remove an IPSec policy.
DSP IPSECPOLICY
The command is used to query the status of an IPSec policy.
ADD/RMV IPSECBIND
The commands are used to add or remove the binding between an IPSec policy and a port.
LST IPSECBIND
The command is used to list the binding between an IPSec policy and a port.
DSP IPSECSADELSTAT
The command is used to query the statistical information about an IPSec SA.
DSP IKESA
The command is used to query the status of an IKE SA.
DSP IPSECSA
The command is used to query the status of an IPSec SA.
ADD/MOD/RMV IPSECDTNL
This command is used to add, modify, and remove IPSec active/standby channel relationships.
ADD/RMV IPSECDTNL
The commands are used to add or remove the configurations of the primary and secondary IPSec tunnels.
LST IPSECDTNL
The command is used to list the configurations of the primary and secondary IPSec tunnels.
DSP IPSECDTNL
This command is used to query the status of IPSec active/standby channels.
The following user interfaces have been added on a per managed object (MO) basis on the CME:
IKEPROPOSAL
IKEPEER
IPSECPROPOSAL
IPSECPOLICY
IPSECBIND
IKECFG
IPSECDTNL
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management The following NodeB alarms have been added:
ALM-25891 IKE Negotiation Failure
ALM-25950 Base Station Being Attacked
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-66
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.24.7 Impact on Other Features Required Features This feature depends on the WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface feature.
Mutually Exclusive Features This feature cannot be used with the AACP function in the WRFD-031101 NodeB Self-Discovery Based on IP Route feature.
3.25 WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface (Enhanced/Optional) 3.25.1 Description The NodeB Integrated Firewall feature is an enhancement to the WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface feature. The NodeB Integrated Firewall feature increases the security protection capability of operator equipment and prevents attack packets from affecting network operations. In an IP over FE/GE transmission network, the NodeB Integrated Firewall feature provides the following functions:
ACL packet filter: An ACL is used to filter IP packets. NodeBs determine whether to allow the packets to enter the system based on the ACL. This function filters out attack packets and junk packets.
Network attack prevention: This function enables NodeBs to counter certain attacks, such as flood attacks, malformed packet attacks, and Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) spoofing. It also safeguards NodeBs against attack packets that have not been filtered out by the ACL, which prevents service quality deterioration and service interruption.
The following functions have been added to NodeBs in RAN14.0.
Layer 2 ACL packet filter: This function enables NodeBs to filter out invalid packets on layer 2.
Network attack prevention: This function enables NodeBs to counter certain attacks, such as flood attacks, malformed packet attacks, and ARP spoofing.
3.25.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity The NodeB Integrated Firewall feature does not affect system capacity.
Network Performance The NodeB Integrated Firewall feature does not affect network performance.
3.25.3 Impact on NEs The NodeB Integrated Firewall feature is implemented on the NodeB and does not depend on other network elements (NEs).
3.25.4 Hardware The following hardware supports the NodeB Integrated Firewall feature in RAN14.0:
BTS3902E
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-67
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Ethernet IP interface boards in Huawei 3900 series base stations
3.25.5 Inter-NE Interface The NodeB Integrated Firewall feature does not affect the Iub, Iur, and Iu interfaces.
3.25.6 Operation and Maintenance License The NodeB Integrated Firewall feature does not affect the license.
Configuration Management The NodeB Integrated Firewall feature introduces the NodeB parameters in Table 3-44. Table 3-44 New parameters on the NodeB side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added parameter
FLDTYPE
ADD/MOD/RMV FLOODDEFEND
The parameter specifies the flood attack type.
Added parameter
DFDSW
ADD/MOD FLOODDEFEND
The parameter specifies whether to enable flood attack prevention.
Added parameter
DFDTHD
Added parameter
ALMSW
Added parameter
ALMTHD
Added parameter
ARPSPOOFCH KSW
Added parameter
ARPSPOOFAL MTHD
The parameter specifies the ARP spoofing alarm threshold. When the number of ARP table update attempts initiated by received packets exceeds this threshold, the NodeB reports an alarm.
Added parameter
ARPLRNSTRI CTSW
The parameter specifies whether to enable strict ARP learning.
Added parameter
ACLID2
Added parameter
FM
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
The parameter specifies the threshold beyond which the NodeB discards excess packets. ADD/MOD FLOODDEFEND
The parameter specifies whether the NodeB reports an alarm upon encountering flood attacks. The parameter specifies the threshold at which the NodeB reports an alarm.
SET IPGUARD
ADD PACKETFILTER
The parameter specifies whether to detect ARP spoofing.
The parameter specifies the ID of a layer 2 ACL. The parameter specifies the packet filter mode. The NodeB can filter packets based on layer 3/layer 4 ACL rules, layer 2 ACL rules, or both.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-68
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added parameter
VLANIDOP
ADD/MOD ACLRULE
The parameter specifies that the virtual local area network (VLAN) ID is used as the criterion for filtering packets. The value of this parameter can be one VLAN ID or a range of VLAN IDs.
Added parameter
VLANID1,VLA NID2
The parameter specifies the start and end IDs, respectively, within a range of VLAN IDs when VLANIDOP is set to OP_RANGE.
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management The NodeB Integrated Firewall feature introduces a new NodeB alarm ALM-25950 Base Station Being Attacked
3.25.7 Impact on Other Features The NodeB Integrated Firewall feature does not affect other features.
3.26 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE (New/Optional) 3.26.1 Description This feature allows the RNC to hand over a UE and the PS services it is processing to the LTE network when the following conditions are met:
The UE within a UMTS/LTE overlapping coverage area initiates a PS service, or the UE after CSFB has ended the CS service and still has an ongoing PS service on the UMTS network.
The LTE signal quality meets the conditions.
The benefits of this feature are as follows:
UEs can obtain a higher PS bandwidth from the LTE network. Compared with a PS redirection, a PS handover interrupts services for a shorter period of time.
UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs are served by the LTE network whenever possible in the initial phase of LTE network deployment, making more efficient use of the LTE network and easing the traffic load on the UMTS network.
3.26.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-69
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Network Performance With this feature, some PS services on the UMTS network can be handed over to the LTE network. In this way, this feature eases the traffic load on the UMTS network, and increases the UMTS access success rate and throughput for admitted users.
3.26.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC. This feature depends on the CN and UE. The UE in connected mode must support LTE measurements and UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. The CN must support Iu-interface signaling messages relevant to this feature.
3.26.4 Hardware No impact.
3.26.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature affects messages on the Iu interface. The involved IEs on the Iu interface are as follows:
E-UTRAN Service Handover: This optional IE has been added to the RAB Assignment Request message, which is sent from the SGSN to the RNC. This IE indicates which radio access bearers (RABs) cannot be switched over to LTE.
Target eNB-ID: This IE has been added to the Relocation Required message, which is sent from the RNC to the SGSN. This IE indicates the destination eNodeB.
Source eNB to Target eNB Transparent Container: This IE has been added to the Relocation Required message, which is sent from the RNC to the SGSN. This IE is required in a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, according to 3GPP TS 36.413.
3.26.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new RNC-level license item on the RNC.
Configuration Management No impact.
Performance Management This feature adds new cell-level counters on the RNC side, as shown in Table 3-45. Table 3-45 New counters on the RNC side Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS. Service
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover attempts for a cell
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutP S.Service
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of successful service-based UMTSto-LTE PS handovers for a cell
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS .NoReply
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of failed outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers due to Iu release command timeout for a cell
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-70
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS .CfgUnSupp
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of failed outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell (Configuration Unsupported)
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS .PhyChFail
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of failed outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell (Physical Channel Failure)
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS .Abort
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of abnormally terminated outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell
VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocP repOutPS
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handover preparation attempts for a cell
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelo cPrepOutPS
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of successful preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell
VS.U2LTEHO.FailReloc PrepOutPS.NoResAvail
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of failed preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell (No Resource Available)
VS.U2LTEHO.FailReloc PrepOutPS.TgtFail
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of failed preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell (Relocation Failure in Target CN/RNC or Target System)
VS.U2LTEHO.FailReloc PrepOutPS.ReloUnSupp
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of failed preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell (Relocation not supported in Target RNC or Target system)
VS.U2LTEHO.FailReloc PrepOutPS.TgtHighLoad
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of failed preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell (Traffic Load In The Target Cell Higher Than In The Source Cell)
VS.U2LTEHO.FailReloc PrepOutPS.TAlExp
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of failed preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell (TRELOCalloc expiry)
VS.U2LTEHO.FailReloc PrepOutPS.UnKnowRN C
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of failed preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell (Unknown Target RNC)
Fault Management No impact.
3.26.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-71
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.27 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls (New/Basic) 3.27.1 Description CSFB applies to scenarios where the LTE network does not support voice services because the IMS is not available for use. The eNodeB can instruct a UE to fall back to the UMTS network when the UE attempts to initiate a CS service (including an emergency call) on the LTE network. To initiate an emergency call on the LTE network, the UE in idle mode first needs to transit to connected mode. Then, the UE falls back to the UMTS network by using CSFB. Each UE in connected mode maintains a default PS connection on the LTE network, and this PS connection also needs to be handed over or redirected to the UMTS network. The eNodeB determines whether to perform CSFB by using an LTE-to-UMTS PS handover or redirection. If an LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is to be implemented, the eNodeB notifies the RNC that the PS handover is caused by CSFB for an emergency call. The UE can initiate an emergency call on the UMTS network only after the PS service has been admitted to the UMTS network. This feature ensures the success of PS admission by decreasing the PS service rate, performing resource preemption, or both.
3.27.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance This feature increases the success rate for LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for LTE emergency calls. When the destination UMTS cell is congested, too many CSFB requests caused by LTE emergency calls may preempt the UMTS resources, leading to an increased call drop rate on the UMTS network.
3.27.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.27.4 Hardware No impact.
3.27.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature affects messages on the Iu interface. A standard IE referred to as CSFB Information has been added to the Relocation Request message, which is sent from the SGSN to the RNC. This IE specifies whether the CSFB service type is a common CS service or an emergency call.
3.27.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is a new basic feature in RAN14.0 and is not under license control.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-72
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Configuration Management This feature adds a new switch on the RNC, as shown in Table 3-46. Table 3-46 New switch on the RNC side Change Type
Switch
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added switch
L2U_EmgCall_ Switch
HoSwitch
SET UCORRMAL GOSwitch
The switch is used to control whether to enable this feature.
Performance Management This feature adds new counters on the RNC side, performing handover-related measurements after CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls is activated, as shown in Table 3-47. Table 3-47 New counters on the RNC side Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.E merg.RNC
IRATHO.PS.RNC
Number of incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handover attempts caused by emergency calls at the RNC level
VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.Eme rg.RNC
IRATHO.PS.RNC
Number of successful incoming LTE-toUMTS PS handovers caused by emergency calls at the RNC level
The success rate of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for LTE emergency calls is calculated with the following formula: Success rate of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for LTE emergency calls = VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.Emerg.RNC/VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC
Fault Management No impact.
3.27.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.28 WRFD-140212 CE Overbooking (New/Optional) 3.28.1 Description After WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management is applied, the RNC calculates the credit resource usage of an admitted HSUPA UE by using the following formula: Credit resource usage = Max (Credit resources required for ensuring the GBR, Credit resources required for transmitting one RLC PDU)
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-73
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
In the preceding formula, GBR stands for guaranteed bit rate and RLC PDU stands for Radio Link Control packet data unit. The RNC performs this calculation to ensure HSUPA user experience. However, the actual CE usage of the NodeB is lower than the calculated credit resource usage of the RNC in most cases due to the high penetration rate of smart phones with a 2 ms HSUPA transmission time interval (TTI). As a result, the RNC may reject new UE access attempts even if the actual CE usage of the NodeB is low. This limits the RNC's capability to perform admission control based on credit resource usage. To address this issue, Huawei introduces CE Overbooking. With this feature, the NodeB adjusts the actual credit resource usage of admitted UEs based on the traffic volume, and reports the actual credit resource usage to the RNC using a private IE. The RNC directly uses the reported credit resource usage. Benefits from this feature are available when both of the following are true:
The average throughput of an HSUPA UE is low, that is, the UE rate is lower than the GBR or the rate at which an RLC PDU is transmitted.
The calculated credit resource usage of HSUPA UEs is less than the calculation result of the preceding formula.
The benefits are as follows:
More admitted UEs
More HSUPA UEs with a 2 ms TTI
Reduced load reshuffling (LDR) actions caused by credit resource congestion
Reduced probability of admission-CE-based dynamic TTI adjustment from 2 ms to 10 ms over HSUPA
Reduced credit resource usage of admitted UEs
Enhanced RNC's capability to perform admission control based on credit resource usage
This feature applies only to networks where the number of smart phones with an HSUPA TTI of 2 ms is large and the average HSUPA throughput is low. For details about Dynamic CE Resource Management, see the HSUPA Feature Parameter Description.
3.28.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity When the uplink credit resources are insufficient and the HSUPA throughput is low, CE Overbooking enables more UEs to be admitted. Therefore, the average cell throughput increases when credit resources are insufficient and Uu and Iub resources are sufficient. However, when CE resources are insufficient, fewer resources are available for each user, leading to lower per user throughput.
Network Performance In a network where the average HSUPA throughput is low, CE Overbooking considers the uplink traffic volume during the calculation of the remaining credit resources. This reduces the probability of insufficient credit resources. Therefore, this feature affects network performance as follows:
Improves the wireless access success rate
Improves CE resource utilization
Increases the number of admitted UEs
Increases the call drop rate for HSUPA UEs
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-74
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
When more UEs are admitted, the air interface load becomes heavier and CE resources may become insufficient due to more concurrent data transmissions, either of which may lead to higher call drop rates. NOTE
With CE overbooking, more users can be admitted. When the credit resources are congested, CE overbooking may decrease the handover success rate and RRC setup success rate. The probability of such decreases is low, and therefore the network performance is generally not affected.
After CE Overbooking is enabled, there is a possibility that admission rejections increase over the Iub interface if a large number of UEs has accessed the network. However, CE Overbooking does not affect the UE access success rate.
Before CE Overbooking is enabled, the RNC updates the consumption of CE resources for UE admission upon UE access or release. After CE Overbooking is enabled, the NodeB updates the consumption of CE resources for UE admission and reports to the RNC every 1s. During the report interval, the RNC cannot learn about the accurate consumption of CE resources, resulting in information inconsistency between the RNC and the NodeB. Therefore, there is a possibility that some UEs are admitted by the RNC but fail to be admitted by the NodeB.
3.28.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC and NodeB and does not depend on the CN and the UE.
3.28.4 Hardware The dependencies of this feature on NodeB hardware are as follows:
The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, or BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI, EBOI, EULP, or EULPd board.
The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.
The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.
3.28.5 Inter-NE Interface The following Huawei private IEs are added to Iub interface messages:
enCeOverbookingCap: added to the AUDIT RESPONSE and RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION messages so that the RNC can determine whether CE Overbooking is activated.
UlNodeBMinGuaranteedCEPrivate: indicates the actual credit resource usage of admitted UEs at the NodeB level. This IE has been added to cell measurement reports so that the RNC can calculate the remaining credit resources at the NodeB level accordingly.
UlLcgMinGuaranteedCEPrivate: indicates the actual credit resource usage of admitted UEs in a cell group. This IE has been added to cell measurement reports so that the RNC can calculate the remaining credit resources at the cell group level accordingly.
3.28.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new NodeB-level license item on the NodeB.
Configuration Management This feature adds a new parameter on the NodeB side, as shown in Table 3-48.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-75
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-48 New parameter on the NodeB side Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
REVDPARA4
SET NODEBRSVP
Minimum number of CEs required for admitting an HSUPA UE with a 2 ms TTI
Performance Management This feature adds new counters on the RNC side to measure the NodeB credit usage after this feature is activated, as shown in Table 3-49. Table 3-49 New counters on the RNC side Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.NodeB.ULCredit Used.Mean
ALGO.NODEB
Average NodeB Credit Usage When CE Overbooking Is Enabled
VS.NodeB.ULCredit Used.Max
ALGO.NODEB
Maximum NodeB Credit Usage When CE Overbooking Is Enabled
VS.NodeB.ULCredit Used.Min
ALGO.NODEB
Minimum NodeB Credit Usage When CE Overbooking Is Enabled
Fault Management No impact.
3.28.7 Impact on Other Features CE Overbooking depends on WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management. CE Overbooking, although advantageous, may cause excessive CE utilization. For admitted UEs, the calculated CE resources cannot be ensured in certain scenarios. For example, when there are many 2 ms HSUPA UEs and multiple 2 ms HSUPA UEs transmit data at the same time, call drops may occur. However, if TTI selection is applied with CE Overbooking, the TTI for HSUPA UEs can be switched from 2 ms to 10 ms in this situation to reduce the call drop rate. Therefore, it is recommended that CE Overbooking be used with Admission-CE-based Dynamic TTI Adjustment for a Single BE Service over HSUPA. For details about Admission-CE-based Dynamic TTI Adjustment for a Single BE Service over HSUPA, see the HSUPA TTI Selection Feature Parameter Description.
3.29 WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balance (Enhanced/Optional) 3.29.1 Description This feature is enhanced in RAN14.0. Inter-frequency load balance is an important part of LDR. This feature enables some UEs in a cell in the basic congestion state to be handed over to an inter-frequency neighboring cell. This reduces load in the cell.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-76
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
When a cell is in the basic congestion state, this feature achieves system load balancing as follows:
The RNC selects the handover target cell based on the difference between the congestion threshold and the current load in the candidate cells.
The RNC selects UEs to be handed over based on the UEs' integrated priority in the current cell.
The RNC performs a blind handover or measurement-based handover on the selected UEs according to parameter configurations.
Before RAN14.0, inter-frequency load balance supported load-based inter-frequency handovers triggered by basic congestion of only power or code resource. In RAN14.0, load-based inter-frequency handovers can also be triggered by basic congestion of uplink credit resource.
3.29.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance Inter-frequency load balance based on uplink credit resource enables some UEs to be handed over to an inter-frequency neighboring cell when the current cell is in the basic congestion state, effectively relieving the basic congestion of uplink credit resources. In this way, the admission failures due to uplink credit resource congestion decrease. In addition, this feature makes UEs processing PS services more likely to perform inter-frequency handovers. This may slightly increase the PS call drop rate.
3.29.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.29.4 Hardware No impact.
3.29.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.29.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is already under RNC-level license control. The feature enhancement has no impact on the license.
Configuration Management Table 3-50 describes the parameters added or modified to the existing MML commands on the RNC side for this feature enhancement.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-77
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-50 Parameters that have been added or modified on the RNC side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Modified parameter
UlLdrFirstActi on – UlLdrSeventh Action
ADD UNODEBLDR
The InterFreqLDHO option is added to parameters UlLdrFirstAction to UlLdrSeventhAction in the command ADD UNODEBLDR or MOD UNODEBLDR. The parameters UlLdrFirstAction through UlLdrSeventhAction specify the first to the seventh uplink LDR actions. The InterFreqLDHO option indicates an eighth LDR action choice: interfrequency handover based on uplink credit resources. With this action added, LDR action choices extend to the following:
Added parameter
UlLdrEighthAc tion
MOD UNODEBLDR
ADD UNODEBLDR MOD UNODEBLDR
Added parameter
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
UlInterFreqHo CeLDRSpaceT hd
ADD UNODEBLDR MOD UNODEBLDR
NoAct
BERateRed
QoSRenego
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO
AMRRateRed
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO
InterFreqLDHO
The parameter is added to specify the eighth LDR action. As with the seven previously-mentioned LDR actions, the eighth LDR action has eight action choices. The parameter is added to specify the uplink credit margin threshold in the target cell for performing a load-based inter-frequency handover triggered by uplink credit resource congestion. A cell can be selected as the target cell only if the uplink credit margin of the cell group including the cell and that of the NodeB both exceed this threshold. The uplink credit margin for LDR is calculated by subtracting the uplink reserved credit resources for LDR corresponding to the SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd from the remaining credit resources.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-78
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Performance Management Table 3-51 describes two cell-level counters added on the RNC side to measure inter-frequency handovers triggered by the credit resource congestion. Table 3-51 New counters on the RNC side Change Type
Counter
Measurem ent Unit
Description
Added counter
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut. PS.UlCE
HHO.CELL
Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on UL Credit Resources for Cell
Added counter
VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOu t.PS.UlCE
HHO.CELL
Number of Successful PS InterFrequency Hard Handovers Based on UL Credit Resources for Cell
Fault Management No impact.
3.29.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.30 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold (New/Optional) 3.30.1 Description This feature (CLB for short) is new in RAN14.0. CLB balances the load among inter-frequency cells by triggering measurement-based inter-frequency handovers. With CLB, the RNC compares measurement results of uplink and downlink power resource, code resource, and channel element (CE) resource in a cell with load thresholds for the corresponding services. Based on the comparison result, the RNC selects the UEs and target cell for an interfrequency handover. CLB supports load balancing among cells on the following frequencies:
Intra-band frequencies
Inter-band frequencies
Inter-RNC frequencies
Inter-vendor frequencies
Frequencies between the macro network and the micro network
Currently, CLB is recommended for the macro and micro combined network and the overlay network.
Macro and micro combined network: Macro and micro cells are networked together using different frequencies.
Overlay network: The cells in a sector use the equipment provided by different vendors, and these cells may be managed by different RNCs.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-79
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.30.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity With CLB, a heavily loaded cell can be relieved, and the resources of a lightly loaded cell can be fully utilized, increasing the whole system capacity.
Network Performance CLB improves the coverage performance of a heavily loaded cell. The impact of CLB on network performance in different scenarios is as follows:
Macro and micro combined network using different frequencies CLB offloads HSPA services on the macro network to the micro network. Resources of the micro network deployed at hot spots are fully utilized and the quality of HSPA services after handovers is ensured. In addition, the quality of CS services on the macro network is improved after the network load decreases.
Overlay network CLB supports inter-frequency load balancing for UEs in connected mode under different RNCs in an overlay network, enabling effective network resource utilization of different vendors. The sector capacity is expanded, and key performance indicators (KPIs) of heavily loaded cells are improved. When CLB is implemented between different RNCs on the overlay network, ping-pong handovers may occur because an RNC cannot obtain the information about the load of inter-frequency neighboring cells under the neighboring RNC. Therefore, a load evaluation algorithm has been added to evaluate the load of inter-frequency neighboring cells. If the number of failed inter-frequency handovers during a certain period of time exceeds a preset threshold, a penalty timer is triggered and UEs cannot be handed over to the inter-frequency neighboring cell until the penalty timer expires. However, ping-pong handovers may still occur because this load evaluation algorithm makes a rough estimate of the load of inter-frequency neighboring cells.
Other scenarios CLB is used in other scenarios the similar way the WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balance feature is used. The difference is that CLB can implement load balancing before a cell enters the basic congestion state so that the traffic load can evenly be distributed among cells. CLB helps prevent a cell from being heavily loaded or having deteriorated KPIs.
3.30.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.30.4 Hardware No impact.
3.30.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.30.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new cell-level license item on the RNC.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-80
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Configuration Management This feature affects the MML commands and parameters on the RNC side. Table 3-52 lists the new MML commands that have been added on the RNC side. Table 3-52 New commands on the RNC side MML Command
Description
SET/LST UCLB
Used to set the RNC-level parameters for the CLB.
ADD/MOD/RMV/LST UNODEBCLB
Used to add, modify, remove, or list the NodeB-level parameters for the CLB.
ADD/MOD/LST UCELLCLB
Used to add, modify, or list the cell-level parameters for CLB.
Table 3-53 lists the parameters that have been added to existing MML commands on the RNC side. Table 3-53 Parameters that have been added to existing MML commands on the RNC side Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
ClbPeriodTimerLen
SET ULDCPERIOD
CLB period
UlPwrCSClbTrigThd
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
CLB triggering threshold of the power load for uplink CS services
UlPwrPSClbTrigThd
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
CLB triggering threshold of the power load for uplink PS services
DlPwrCSClbTrigThd
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
CLB triggering threshold of the power load for downlink CS services
DlPwrPSClbTrigThd
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
CLB triggering threshold of the power load for downlink PS services
UlPwrCSClbRelThd
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
CLB releasing threshold of the power load for uplink CS services
UlPwrPSClbRelThd
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
CLB releasing threshold of the power load for uplink PS services
DlPwrCSClbRelThd
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
CLB releasing threshold of the power load for downlink CS services
DlPwrPSClbRelThd
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
CLB releasing threshold of the power load for downlink PS services
NCovCMUserNumCt rlSwitch
SET UCMCF
Control switch for the number of users in compressed mode with SF/2 reduction in non-coverage-based interfrequency handovers
CellSFCMUserNumT hd
SET UCMCF
Threshold for the number of users in compressed mode with SF/2 reduction in a cell
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-81
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
CLBFlag
ADD/MOD UINTERFREQN CELL
CLB flag
CLBPrio
ADD/MOD UINTERFREQN CELL
Priority of an inter-frequency neighboring cell whose CLBFlag is TRUE
UlLdTrnsHysTime
ADD/MOD UCELLLDM
State transition hysteresis threshold for the uplink load
Table 3-54 lists the parameters that have been modified for existing MML commands on the RNC side. Table 3-54 Parameters that have been modified for existing MML commands on the RNC side Change Type
Switch
Paramet er ID
MML Command
Description
Added switch
UL_UU_ CLB
NBMLdc AlgoSwit ch
ADD/MOD UCELLALG OSWITCH
The switch controls whether to enable the uplink air-interface load balancing algorithm.
Added switch
DL_UU_ CLB
The switch controls whether to enable the downlink airinterface load balancing algorithm.
Added switch
CELL_C ODE_CL B
The switch controls whether to enable the cell code resource load balancing algorithm.
Added switch
CELL_C REDIT_C LB
The switch controls whether to enable the cell credit load balancing algorithm.
Added switch
NODEB_ CREDIT_ CLB_SW ITCH
Added switch
LCG_CR EDIT_CL B_SWIT CH
Replaced paramete r
-
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
NodeBL dcAlgoS witch
ADD/MOD UNODEBAL GOPARA
The switch controls whether to enable the NodeB credit load balancing algorithm. The switch controls whether to enable the local cell group credit load balancing algorithm.
UESpdO ptSwitch
SET UMCLDR ADD/MOD UCELLMCL DR
This parameter replaces the MCLDRbsdUESpdOptSwitch parameter. This parameter serves as the reference user speed optimization switch, extending its applicable scope.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-82
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Performance Management Table 3-55 lists the counters that have been added or modified on the RNC side. Table 3-55 Counters that have been added or modified on the RNC side Change Type
Counter
Measuremen t Unit
Description
Added counter
VS.LCC.CLB. CS.InterFreq
ALGO2.Cell
Number of CS users performing measurement-based inter-frequency load handovers in a cell in the CS CLB state
Added counter
VS.LCC.CLB. PS.InterFreq
ALGO2.Cell
Number of PS users performing measurement-based inter-frequency load handovers in a cell in the PS CLB state
Added counter
VS.HHO.Succ InterFreqOut. CS.UlCE
HHO.Cell
Number of successful interfrequency hard handovers in the CS domain for a cell (triggered by uplink CE resource)
Added counter
VS.HHO.Succ InterFreqOut. CS.DlCE
HHO.Cell
Number of successful interfrequency hard handovers in the CS domain for a cell (triggered by downlink CE resource)
Added counter
VS.HHO.Succ InterFreqOut. PS.DlCE
HHO.Cell
Number of successful interfrequency hard handovers in the PS domain for a cell (triggered by downlink CE resource)
Added counter
VS.HHO.AttIn terFreqOut.C S.DlCE
HHO.Cell
Number of inter-frequency hard handover attempts in the CS domain for a cell (triggered by downlink CE resource)
Added counter
VS.HHO.AttIn terFreqOut.P S.DlCE
HHO.Cell
Number of inter-frequency hard handover attempts in the PS domain for a cell (triggered by downlink CE resource)
Added counter
VS.HHO.AttIn terFreqOut.C S.UlCE
HHO.Cell
Number of inter-frequency hard handover attempts in the CS domain for a cell (triggered by uplink CE resource)
Modified counter
VS.HHO.AttIn terFreqOut.P S.UlCE
HHO.Cell
Number of inter-frequency hard handover attempts triggered by uplink CE resource in the optimal cell
Modified counter
VS.HHO.Succ InterFreqOut. PS.UlCE
HHO.Cell
Number of successful interfrequency hard handovers triggered by uplink CE resource in the optimal cell
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-83
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
For a heavily loaded cell, this feature reduces the downlink power and uplink RTWP and improves the success rate of inter-frequency hard handovers. This feature affects the following counters:
VS.MeanTCP: average value of transmit power of the TRX for a cell
VS.MeanRTWP: average value of received total wideband power for a cell
Inter-frequency hard handover success rate: calculated using the following formulas: − Inter-frequency
hard handover success rate (RNC) = (VS.HHO.SuccInterFreq.RNC/VS.HHO.AttInterFreq.RNC) x 100%;
− Inter-frequency
hard handover success rate (Cell) = (VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut/VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut) x 100%
Fault Management No impact.
3.30.7 Impact on Other Features The impact of CLB on other features is as follows:
In the intra-band inter-frequency networking scenario, CLB does not depend on any features.
In the inter-band inter-frequency networking scenario, CLB depends on the WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management feature.
The difference between CLB and LDR lies in timing for algorithm triggering. LDR is used in the basic congestion scenario. CLB is used for load balancing when:
The cell has not been congested.
The cell has been congested but LDR cannot be used for load balancing, such as load balancing among cells under different RNCs.
CLB is independent from LDR.
3.31 WRFD-020160 Enhanced Multiband Management (Enhanced/Optional) 3.31.1 Description This feature is enhanced in RAN14.0. This feature implements load-based inter-band handovers based on measurement in a network with multiple frequency bands. This feature helps balance load between frequency bands and improve the system resource usage. In addition, the handovers based on measurement ensures the handover success rate in such a network with the inter-band cells under different coverage. Before RAN14.0, this feature supported load-based inter-band handovers based on measurement triggered by basic congestion of only power resources. In RAN14.0, load-based inter-band handovers based on measurement can also be triggered by basic congestion of uplink credit resources.
3.31.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-84
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Network Performance Load-based inter-band handovers based on measurement and uplink credit resources enable some UEs to be handed over to an inter-band neighboring cell when the current cell is in the basic congestion state, effectively relieving the basic congestion of uplink credit resources. In this way, the admission failures due to uplink credit resource congestion decrease. Only UEs processing PS services are selected to perform load-based inter-band handovers based on measurement that are triggered by basic congestion of uplink credit resources. UEs processing CS services are not selected because they consume a small amount of credit resources and therefore handovers of them can do little to ease credit congestion. This feature makes UEs processing PS services more likely to perform inter-frequency handovers. This may slightly increase the PS call drop rate.
3.31.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.31.4 Impact on Hardware No impact.
3.31.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.31.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is already under RNC-level license control. The feature enhancement has no impact on the license.
Configuration Management Table 3-56 describes the parameters added or modified on the RNC side for this feature enhancement.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-85
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-56 Parameters that have been added or modified on the RNC side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Modified paramete r
UlLdrFirstA ction – UlLdrSeven thAction
ADD UNODEBLDR
The InterFreqLDHO option is added to parameters UlLdrFirstAction to UlLdrSeventhAction in the command ADD UNODEBLDR or MOD UNODEBLDR. The parameters UlLdrFirstAction through UlLdrSeventhAction specify the first to the seventh uplink LDR actions. The InterFreqLDHO option indicates an eighth LDR action choice: interfrequency handover based on uplink credit resources. With this action added, LDR action choices extend to the following:
Added paramete r
UlLdrEighth Action
Added paramete r
UlInterFreq HoCeLDRS paceThd
MOD UNODEBLDR
ADD UNODEBLDR MOD UNODEBLDR
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
ADD UNODEBLDR MOD UNODEBLDR
NoAct
BERateRed
QoSRenego
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO
AMRRateRed
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO
InterFreqLDHO
The parameter is added to specify the eighth LDR action. As with the seven previously-mentioned LDR actions, the eighth LDR action has eight action choices. The parameter is added to specify the uplink credit margin threshold in the target cell for performing a load-based inter-frequency handover triggered by uplink credit resource congestion. A cell can be selected as the target cell only if the uplink credit margin of the cell group including the cell and that of the NodeB both exceed this threshold. The uplink credit margin for LDR is calculated by subtracting the uplink reserved credit resources for LDR corresponding to the SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd from the remaining credit resources.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-86
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Performance Management Table 3-57 describes two cell-level counters added on the RNC side to measure load-based interfrequency handovers triggered by credit resource congestion. Table 3-57 New counters on the RNC side Change Type
Counter
Measurem ent Unit
Description
Added counter
VS.HHO.Att InterFreqOu t.PS.UlCE
HHO.CELL
Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on UL Credit Resources for Cell
Added counter
VS.HHO.Su ccInterFreq Out.PS.UlC E
HHO.CELL
Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on UL Credit Resources for Cell
Fault Management No impact.
3.31.7 Impact on Other Features Inter-band cell load balancing of this feature depends on the WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management and WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balance features.
3.32 WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management (Enhanced/Optional) 3.32.1 Description This feature is enhanced in RAN14.0. The Multi Frequency Band Networking Management feature enables telecom operators to provide services on multiple frequency bands simultaneously. This feature provides mobility management, load balancing, and traffic steering between different frequency bands. With this feature, load-based interband handovers triggered by load reshuffling (LDR) adopt blind handovers. When a cell enters the basic congestion state, this feature enables some UEs to be handed over to an inter-band cell to balance the load. Before RAN14.0, this feature supported inter-band blind handovers triggered by basic congestion of only power resources. In RAN14.0, this feature also supports the handovers triggered by basic congestion of uplink credit resources.
3.32.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance Inter-band blind handovers triggered by uplink credit resource congestion enable some UEs to be handed over to an inter-band neighboring cell when the current cell is in the basic congestion state, Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-87
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
effectively relieving the basic congestion of uplink credit resources. In this way, the admission failures due to uplink credit resource congestion decrease. Only UEs processing PS services are selected to perform inter-band blind handovers triggered by basic congestion of uplink credit resources. UEs processing CS services are not selected because they consume a small amount of credit resources and therefore handovers of them can do little to ease credit congestion.
3.32.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.32.4 Hardware No impact.
3.32.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.32.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is already under RNC-level license control. The feature enhancement has no impact on the license.
Configuration Management Table 3-58 describes the parameters added or modified on the RNC side for this feature enhancement.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-88
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-58 Parameters that have been added or modified on the RNC side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Modified parameter
UlLdrFirstAction – UlLdrSeventhActi on
ADD UNODEBLDR
The InterFreqLDHO option is added to parameters UlLdrFirstAction to UlLdrSeventhAction in the command ADD UNODEBLDR or MOD UNODEBLDR. The parameters UlLdrFirstAction through UlLdrSeventhAction specify the first to the seventh uplink LDR actions. The InterFreqLDHO option indicates an eighth LDR action choice: inter-frequency handover based on uplink credit resources. With this action added, LDR action choices extend to the following:
Added parameter
UlLdrEighthActio n
MOD UNODEBLDR
ADD UNODEBLDR MOD UNODEBLDR
Added parameter
UlInterFreqHoCe LDRSpaceThd
ADD UNODEBLDR MOD UNODEBLDR
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
NoAct
BERateRed
QoSRenego
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO
AMRRateRed
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO
InterFreqLDHO
The parameter is added to specify the eighth LDR action. As with the seven previously-mentioned LDR actions, the eighth LDR action has eight action choices. The parameter is added to specify the uplink credit margin threshold in the target cell for performing a loadbased inter-frequency handover triggered by uplink credit resource congestion. A cell can be selected as the target cell only if the uplink credit margin of the cell group including the cell and that of the NodeB both exceed this threshold. The uplink credit margin for LDR is calculated by subtracting the uplink reserved credit resources for LDR corresponding to the SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd from the remaining credit resources.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-89
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Performance Management Table 3-59 describes two cell-level counters added on the RNC side to measure load-based interfrequency handovers triggered by credit resource congestion. Table 3-59 New counters on the RNC side Change Type
Counter
Measuremen t Unit
Description
Added counter
VS.HHO.AttInter FreqOut.PS.UlC E
HHO.CELL
Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on UL Credit Resources for Cell
Added counter
VS.HHO.SuccInt erFreqOut.PS.Ul CE
HHO.CELL
Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on UL Credit Resources for Cell
Fault Management No impact.
3.32.7 Impact on Other Features Load-based inter-band blind handovers of this feature depend on the WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balance feature.
3.33 WRFD-020503 Outer Loop Power Control (Enhanced/Basic) 3.33.1 Description This feature is an enhanced feature in RAN14.0. In versions earlier than RAN14.0, outer loop power control allows the uplink SIRtarget to quickly increase but slowly decrease, wasting uplink power. Outer loop power control is enhanced in RAN14.0 to allow different adjustment methods of the SIRtarget in scenarios where uplink power is wasted. The scenarios include RB establishment or reconfiguration, burst interference, and UE transmit power insufficiency. Compared with versions earlier than RAN14.0, the enhanced feature reduces the uplink power waste and increases cell uplink capacity using the following methods:
Use a larger step to decrease the SIRtarget so that the SIRtarget quickly decreases when RB establishment or reconfiguration is complete.
Disable SIRtarget adjustment in a specified time to prevent sudden increases in the SIRtarget due to short-term burst interference.
Set the uplink SIRtarget to the initial value when the UE transmit power is insufficient, and use a larger step to decrease the SIRtarget when the UE transmit power becomes sufficient.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-90
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.33.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity The enhanced feature allows SIRtarget quick adjustment in scenarios of service establishment or reconfiguration, burst interference, and UE transmit power insufficiency. The enhanced feature reduces the uplink power waste and increases cell uplink capacity. After RB reconfiguration, if the SIR on the DPCCH drastically increases from a low level to a high level, the NodeB still uses the low SIRtarget when RB configuration has just taken effect, because PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH under the PcSwitch parameter of the RNC is turned off by default. As a result, this feature yields no uplink capacity gains. If uplink capacity gains are required in this scenario, it is recommended that PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH under the PcSwitch parameter of the RNC be turned on by using the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command and PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter of the RNC be turned on by using the SET UCORRMPAR command.
Network Performance After the enhanced feature is introduced, more uplink power resources are saved.
3.33.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.33.4 Hardware No impact.
3.33.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.33.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is a basic feature and is not under license control. The feature enhancement in RAN14.0 has no impact on the license.
Configuration Management The feature enhancement has an impact on the RNC parameters, as shown in Table 3-60. Table 3-60 Parameters that have been added or modified on the RNC side Change Type
Switch
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added switch
PC_OLPC_FastD own_Optimize_S WITCH
PcSwitch
SET UCORRMAL GOSWITCH
The switch controls the enhanced feature.
Added parameter
-
SIRtargetDo wnSpeed
SET UOLPC
This parameter specifies the SIRtarget quick decrease step.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-91
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Change Type
Switch
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added parameter
-
RefSIRtarget
ADD/MOD UTYPRABOL PC
This parameter specifies an RAB-specific convergence value of the SIRtarget when RB establishment or reconfiguration is complete on the DCH.
Added parameter
-
RefSIRtarget
ADD/MOD UTYPRABHS UPAPC
This parameter specifies an RAB-specific convergence value of the SIRtarget when RB establishment or reconfiguration is complete on the E-DCH.
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management No impact.
3.33.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.34 WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment (New/Optional) 3.34.1 Description In the HSUPA fast scheduling algorithm, the target RoT is an important parameter that reflects the cell uplink load level. A large target RoT leads to a heavy uplink cell load but a small uplink cell coverage area. In a live network, the cell coverage varies greatly with radio environments, such as densely populated urban areas and suburbs. Setting the target ROT to a fixed value cannot account for varied radio environments. In a cell with good coverage, for example, in central business districts (CBDs), if the target ROT is set to a relatively small value, the uplink cell load may reach the preset maximum when the UE transmit power is still sufficient. This limits the uplink cell throughput. Therefore, Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment is introduced to adaptively adjust the target RoT to increase the uplink cell throughput without affecting the cell coverage. This feature is implemented as follows:
When the actual cell load approaches or exceeds the maximum target load level and the transmit power of all UEs in the cell is sufficient, the RNC gradually raises the maximum target cell load level to increase cell throughput.
When the transmit power of an R99 UE in a cell is insufficient or when the transmit power of an HSUPA UE in a cell is insufficient and its throughput is lower than the preset threshold, the RNC rapidly decreases the maximum target cell load level to prevent KPIs from degrading.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-92
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.34.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity In scenarios where the cell coverage is not limited, this feature raises the target RoT to increase the maximum uplink load for HSUPA UEs, increasing the uplink cell throughput. When the uplink traffic is heavy, the uplink capacity can be increased by up to 20%.
Network Performance Cell coverage has an inverse relationship with cell capacity. In a cell where there are no UEs with limited transmit power, this feature increases the target RoT for the cell and cell coverage shrinks with the increase of uplink cell throughput. As a result, the RRC connection success rate decreases. In a cell where there are UEs with limited transmit power, this feature increases cell coverage by reducing the target RoT at a step (MaxTargetUlLoadFactor specifies the lower limit). Before the target RoT is adjusted to a proper value, call drops, handover failures, and throughput decrease may occur on the UEs with limited transmit power.
3.34.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC and NodeB.
3.34.4 Hardware The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, and BTS3812AE support this feature after EBBI, EBOI, EULP and EDLP, or EULPd and EDLP boards are configured and downlink cells are established on the EBBI, EBOI, or EDLP boards. The DBS3800 supports this feature after EBBC or EBBCd boards are configured and downlink cells are established on the EBBC or EBBCd boards. The 3900 series base stations support this feature after WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf boards are configured, and downlink cells are configured on the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf boards.
3.34.5 Inter-NE Interface The NodeB sends the RNC a COMMON MEASUREMENT REPORT message containing the standard IE UL Timeslot ISCP, which is "borrowed" by dynamic target ROT adjustment feature. The values of this IE are as follows:
0: indicates that the NodeB requests the RNC to reduce the target RoT.
1: indicates that the NodeB requests the RNC to increase the target RoT.
2: indicates that the NodeB requests the RNC to keep the target RoT unchanged.
3.34.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new cell-level license item on the RNC.
Configuration Management Table 3-61 describes the new parameters related to WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment on the RNC side.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-93
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-61 New parameters on the RNC side Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
DynTgtRoTCtrlSwitch
ADD UCELLHSUPA
Determines whether Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment is enabled
TgtRoTAdjPeriod
ADD UCELLHSUPA
Period at which the RNC makes decisions on whether to adjust the target RoT
TgtRoTUpAdjStep
ADD UCELLHSUPA
Step size for increasing the target RoT
TgtRoTDownAdjStep
ADD UCELLHSUPA
Step size for reducing the target RoT
UpLimitForMaxULTgtLd Factor
ADD UCELLHSUPA
Upper limit of the uplink load factor, which corresponds to the upper limit of the target RoT. The relationship between the uplink load factor and the RoT is as follows: RoT = -10 x log10(1 – Uplink load factor)
Performance Management After this feature is enabled, the value of the existing counter VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate.WithData that measures cell throughput increases. This feature adds new counters on the RNC side, as shown in Table 3-62. Table 3-62 New counters on the RNC side Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.HSUPA.TgtRoTInc
ALGO2.Cell
This counter measures the number of times the RNC decides to increase the target RoT within a specified period.
VS.HSUPA.TgtRoTDec
ALGO2.Cell
This counter measures the number of times the RNC decides to reduce the target RoT within a specified period.
Fault Management No impact.
3.34.7 Impact on Other Features This feature depends on WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. This feature is independent of WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA. Gains from the two features are as follows:
In scenarios with external interference, Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA has a positive gain.
In scenarios without external interference, Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment has a positive gain.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-94
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
In scenarios with IC, this feature, together with WRFD-020137 Dual Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation, produces a greater gain in uplink capacity when compared with only the latter. This is achieved by increasing the target RoT before and after IC when a cell has good coverage.
3.35 WRFD-140220 Intelligent Battery Management (New/Optional) 3.35.1 Description With this feature:
Batteries automatically switch between the charge-and-discharge modes depending on the selected grid type, which prolongs the battery life.
The battery self-protection function is triggered at high ambient temperatures, which prevents battery overuse and damage.
Battery runtime is displayed if the mains supply is cut off. Users can then take measures to prevent service interruption, thereby reducing operating expense (OPEX).
3.35.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
3.35.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the NodeB and M2000. This feature does not depend on other NEs outside the RAN, such as the CN and UE.
3.35.4 Hardware This feature applies only to APM30H (Ver.C), TP48600A, and BTS3900AL hardware.
3.35.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.35.6 Operation and Maintenance License A NodeB-level license for this feature is added on the NodeB side.
Configuration Management This feature adds the following parameter to the NodeB. Change Type Added parameter
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
BATIMS
SET EQUIPMENT
Whether to activate Intelligent Battery Management
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-95
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management No impact.
3.35.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.36 WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance (New/Optional) 3.36.1 Description This feature is available from RAN14.0. Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance is designed to solve excessive coverage problems in UMTS cells. Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC obtains the propagation delay of the UE and compares it with the propagation delay threshold for inter-frequency RRC redirections. If the propagation delay of the UE is greater than the threshold, the RNC considers that the UE is in a cell with excessive coverage, and it triggers inter-frequency redirection based on distance. Using this feature increases the RRC connection setup success rate and reduces the call drop rate.
3.36.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance Table 3-63 lists the impact of this feature on KPIs. Table 3-63 Impact on KPIs
Access
KPI
Impact
RRC Setup Success Ratio
This feature redirects UEs at the cell edge or in cells with excessive coverage problems to inter-frequency neighboring cells, which increases the RRC connection setup success rate. The RRC CONNECTION REJECT messages from RRC redirections based on distance (including inter-RAT and inter-frequency redirections) are not considered as RRC connection setup failures. Therefore, such rejections do not affect the RRC connection setup success rate.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-96
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Maintainability
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
KPI
Impact
Call Drop Ratio
This feature redirects UEs at the cell edge or in cells with excessive coverage problems to inter-frequency neighboring cells, which reduces the call drop rate.
3.36.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.36.4 Hardware No impact.
3.36.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.36.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is not controlled by a separate license. As a sub-feature, it is controlled by the license for the feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package.
Configuration Management Table 3-64 lists the new parameters on the RNC side. Table 3-64 New parameters on the RNC side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Meaning
New
InterFreqRedirSwitch
ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIREC TION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION
Whether to allow for inter-frequency redirection based on distance. When this switch is turned on, distance-based interfrequency redirection is allowed when an RRC connection is being set up. When this switch is turned off, such redirection is not allowed
New
InterFreqRedirDelayThd ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIREC TION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION
Propagation delay threshold for interfrequency redirection. When the propagation delay between a UE and the NodeB exceeds this threshold, the inter-frequency
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-97
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Change Type
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Parameter ID
MML Command
Meaning redirection based on distance algorithm will be triggered. For details about propagation delay, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
New
InterFreqRedirFactorOfL ADD DR UCELLDISTANCEREDIREC TION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION
Inter-frequency redirection factor for LDR. This parameter is used to determine whether to trigger the inter-frequency redirection based on distance algorithm when the cell enters the LDR or OLC state. When this parameter is set to 0, the algorithm will not be triggered even though the cell has entered the LDR or OLC state.
New
InterFreqRedirFactorOf Norm
ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIREC TION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION
Inter-frequency redirection factor for the normal state. This parameter is used to determine whether to trigger the interfrequency redirection based on distance algorithm when the cell load is within the valid range. When this parameter is set to 0, the algorithm will not be triggered when the cell load is within the valid range.
New
RedirBandInd
ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIREC TION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION
Frequency band of the target UL and DL UARFCNs to which the UE is redirected. It is recommended that this parameter is set to Depending on the configuration of neighboring cells without the consideration of NRNC neighboring cells, that is, in the non-
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-98
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Change Type
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Parameter ID
MML Command
Meaning overlapped network. This helps avoid autoredirection. Autoredirection is a case in which redirection is initiated in the current cell when the UARFCN to which the UE is redirected is the same as that of the current cell.
New
RedirUARFCNUplinkInd ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIREC TION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION
Whether the target UL UARFCN to which the UE is redirected needs to be configured. TRUE indicates that the UL UARFCN needs to be configured. FALSE indicates that the UL UARFCN does not need to be manually configured and it is automatically configured according to the relationship between the UL and DL UARFCNs.
New
RedirUARFCNUplink
ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIREC TION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION
Target uplink UARFCN of a cell for RRC redirection. The value range of the UL UARFCN depends on the value of "RedirBandInd."
New
RedirUARFCNDownlink ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIREC TION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION
Target DL UARFCN for the RRC redirection. Different values of "RedirBandInd" correspond to different value ranges of the UARFCN.
Table 3-65 lists the parameter changes on the RNC side.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-99
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-65 Parameter changes on the RNC side Change Type
Before
After
MML Command
Change Reason
Parameter name Redirection change Switch
Inter-Rat Redirection Switch
ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDI RECTION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECT ION
The parameter name has been changed to differentiate the parameters for interfrequency redirection based on distance from those for inter-RAT RRC redirection based on distance.
Parameter name Propagation change delay threshold
Inter-Rat Redirect Propa Delay Thres
ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDI RECTION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECT ION
The parameter name has been changed to differentiate the parameters for interfrequency redirection based on distance from those for inter-RAT RRC redirection based on distance.
Parameter name Redirection change Factor Of LDR
Inter-Rat Redirection Factor Of LDR
ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDI RECTION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECT ION
The parameter name has been changed to differentiate the parameters for interfrequency redirection based on distance from those for inter-RAT RRC redirection based on distance.
Parameter name Redirection change Factor Of Normal
Inter-Rat Redirection Factor Of Normal
ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDI RECTION / SET UDISTANCEREDIRECT ION
The parameter name has been changed to differentiate the parameters for interfrequency redirection based on distance from those for inter-RAT RRC redirection based on distance.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-100
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Performance Management Table 3-66 lists the new and modified counters on the RNC side. Table 3-66 New and modified counters on the RNC side Counter Name
Measurement Description Unit
VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat RRC.SetupFail This counter measures the .Cell number of distance-based RRC inter-frequency redirections in the cell. VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.IntraRat and VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.InterRat are not measured when the rejection is due to distance-based redirection. VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist
RRC.SetupFail This counter provides the number .Cell of RRC connection rejects due to distance-based redirection in the cell, including inter-RAT redirections and inter-frequency redirections. VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.IntraRat and VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.InterRat are not measured when the rejection is due to distance-based redirection.
Fault Management No impact.
3.36.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.37 WRFD-140224 Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM (New/Optional) 3.37.1 Description This feature is new in RAN14.0. Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM allows the RNC to transmit system information of UMTS cells to the eNodeB before CSFB is performed. RIM is short for RAN information management. When a UE initiates a CS service in the LTE network and the service needs to be transferred to the UMTS network by redirection-based CS fallback (CSFB), the eNodeB sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message that contains the system information of the target UMTS cell. Upon receiving the message, the UE can access the target UMTS cell by sending an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message. This reduces the UE access delay and improves user experience. The procedure for Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM is as follows:
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-101
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
After the eNodeB sends the RNC a message requesting the system information of the UMTS cells, the RNC responds with the requested information. If the cell system information (except for the UL interference IE in SIB7) is changed, the RNC sends the updated system information to the eNodeB.
When a UE initiates a CS service in the LTE network and the service needs to be transferred to the UMTS network by redirection-based CSFB, the eNodeB sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message that contains the frequency, primary scrambling code, and system information of the target UMTS cell.
Upon receiving the message, the UE sends the target UMTS cell an RRC Connection Request message without reading the cell system information.
3.37.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance The impact of this feature on network performance is as follows:
Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM reduces the CSFB delay by up to 1.28 seconds.
The RRC connection setup success rate may slightly decrease. This is because the RNC always sends the eNodeB the value of -105 dBm as the value of the IE UL interference no matter how the value is changed. When the UMTS uplink interference is higher than this value, the uplink PRACH transmit power of the UE increases, which reduces the RRC connection setup success rate.
3.37.3 Impact on NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC.
The feature has the following dependencies on the NEs:
The Mobility Management Entity (MME) and Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) must support RIM procedures that comply with 3GPP Release 9 or later.
The UE must comply with 3GPP Release 9 or later and support Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM.
3.37.4 Hardware No impact.
3.37.5 Inter-NE Interface The procedures for obtaining the initial system information of the UMTS cells increase the load on the RNC, core network (CN), and Iu interface. Therefore, Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM is recommended during off-peak hours. The procedures for obtaining the updated system information have minor impacts on the load on the RNC, CN, and Iu interface. This is because the MIB, SIB1, SIB3, SIB5, and SIB7 (except for the UL interference IE in SIB 7) barely change.
3.37.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by a new RNC-level license item on the RNC.
Configuration Management Table 3-67 lists the new parameter added on the RNC side.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-102
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-67 New parameter Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
PROCESSSWI TCH2: FAST_CS_FB_ BASEDON_RI M_SWITCH
SET URRCTRLSWITCH
When the switch is turned off, the BSC6900 supports fast CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM. When the switch is turned on, the BSC6900 does not support fast CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM.
Performance Management Table 3-68 and Table 3-69 list the new counters added on the RNC side. Table 3-68 Counters that measure the RIM procedures between the RNC and CN Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.IU.RanInfo Req.Rx
None
This counter is increased by one when the RNC receives a RAN INFORMATION REQUEST message from the CN.
VS.IU.RanInfo. Tx
None
This counter is increased by one when the RNC sends a RAN INFORMATION message to the CN.
Table 3-69 Cell-level counters that measure the RIM procedures between the RNC and UE Counter
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.RRC.AttCo nnEstab.WithSI .CsDomain
None
This counter provides the number of RRC CONNECTION REQUEST messages that are for PS services, are received by the RNC from the UE, and carry the value TRUE for "System Information Container Stored Indication".
VS.RRC.SuccC onnEstab.With SI.CsDomain
None
This counter provides the number of RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE messages that the RNC receives from the UE after the RNC receives RRC CONNECTION REQUEST messages that are from the UE, for CS services, and carry the value TRUE for "System Information Container Stored Indication". This counter is measured in the cell.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-103
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Fault Management No impact.
3.37.7 Impact on Other Features Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM requires the LTE feature LOFD-001052 Flash CS Fallback to UTRAN. Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM must be enabled on both the RNC and eNodeB sides. If Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM is not enabled on the eNodeB side, do not enable it on the RNC side. Otherwise, the unnecessary RIM procedures initiated by the RNC will waste resources. The eNodeB can apply the system information of the UMTS cells obtained by RIM procedures to other types of LTE-to-UMTS redirections, such as load- and coverage-based PS redirections. This helps shorten the redirection duration by up to 1.28 seconds. The load- and coverage-based PS redirections relate to the following LTE features:
LOFD-001019 PS Inter-RAT Mobility between E-UTRAN and UTRAN
LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT Load Sharing to UTRAN
3.38 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE (New/Try) 3.38.1 Description In scenarios where UMTS and LTE networks are deployed, if a multimode UE supporting UMTS and LTE initiates a CS service in an LTE cell, the UE can access a UMTS cell by using a CS fallback (CSFB) procedure. In versions earlier than RAN14.0, after finishing all its services in the UMTS cell, the UE can return to the LTE cell by using only cell reselection. The reason is that the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message does not contain LTE frequencies and therefore the UE cannot determine whether there is a neighboring LTE cell that meets the conditions for UE camping. In RAN14.0, the Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature was introduced to accelerate UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection and improve user experience. With this feature, the RNC includes frequencies with higher absolute priorities that are used by neighboring LTE cells in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message. After releasing the RRC connection, the UE considers this information. If one of these LTE cells meets the conditions for cell reselection, the UE attempts to camp on this LTE cell.
3.38.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance Before this feature is enabled, it takes about 8 seconds for a CSFB-enabled UE to reselect an LTE cell. After this feature is enabled, it takes only 480 milliseconds or less. However, if signal quality of LTE frequencies contained in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message is poor and does not meet the conditions for UE camping, the UE keeps searching for specified LTE frequencies for at least 10 seconds, as stipulated in 3GPP specifications. If the UE fails to find a suitable cell in the specified frequencies within 10 seconds, the UE searches for all LTE frequencies supported by the UE. If the UE still fails to find the suitable LTE cell, the UE randomly camps on any GSM or UMTS cell. When searching for LTE frequencies, the UE cannot originate or terminate a call. In laboratory tests, Huawei E398 is used. The test results show that the Huawei E398 searches for LTE signals for 23 seconds before it camps on a UMTS cell in a weak LTE coverage area.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-104
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.38.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC and requires either of the following conditions to be fulfilled:
If CSFB is implemented by using redirection, the UE must comply with 3GPP R9.4.0.
If CSFB is implemented by using PS handover, the Handover Request message sent by the LTE network contains the cause value of "CS Fallback triggered," or this message contains the CSFB Information IE and the value of this IE is CSFB or CSFB High Priority.
3.38.4 Hardware No impact.
3.38.5 Inter-NE Interface After this feature is enabled and a CSFB-enabled UE finishes its CS service in a UMTS cell, the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message contains frequencies used by neighboring LTE cells, as shown in Figure 3-5. Figure 3-5 RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message tracing
3.38.6 Operation and Maintenance License An RNC-level license has been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
Configuration Management The following parameter has been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature. Table 3-70 New parameter on the RNC side Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
HoSwitch:HO_ UMTS_TO_LT E_FAST_RETU RN_SWITCH
SET UCORRMALGO SWITCH
Whether the UE preferentially camps on an LTE cell after finishing the CS service
Performance Management Check the interval between the time the UE receives an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message and the time the eNodeB sends a an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-105
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Fault Management No impact.
3.39 WRFD-150237 Horizontal Beamwidth Adjustment (New/Optional) 3.39.1 Feature Description This feature is introduced in RAN14.0. When multiple arrays of antenna elements are placed horizontally and driven by several transceivers (TRXs), the BTS3803E supports horizontal beamforming. For a site with this configuration, operators can use this feature to adjust the horizontal beamwidth by changing the weight values for different antenna arrays on the horizontal plane, therefore optimizing network coverage and improving network performance. Figure 3-6 illustrates horizontal beamwidth adjustment. The black ellipse indicates the beam direction of a wide beam, and the red ellipse indicates the direction of a narrow beam. Figure 3-6 Horizontal beamwidth adjustment
3.39.2 System Capacity and Network Performance System Capacity A wide beam improves network coverage and service offloading; while a narrow beam provides high antenna gains and is suitable for in-depth network coverage. When BTS3803Es are closely deployed for providing continuous coverage, a narrow beam better reduces interference and increases system capacity.
Network Performance In continuous coverage scenarios, beamwidth adjustment based on the distance between BTS3803Es increases the success rate for handovers between BTS3803Es.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-106
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.39.3 NEs This feature requires the support of the NodeB, M2000, and CME.
3.39.4 Hardware This feature applies only to the BTS3803E.
3.39.5 Inter-NE Interface None
3.39.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by licenses at the sector level.
Configuration Management
The two MOs (VRETSUBUNIT and VRET) have been added.
The two MML commands (MOD VRETSUBUNIT and LST VRETSUBUNIT) have been added.
Table 3-71 lists the new parameters, MOs, and related MML commands. Table 3-71 New parameters and MOs Cha nge Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New para mete r
VRETSU BUNIT
DEVICENO
MOD VRETSUBUNIT and LST VRETSUBUNIT
ID of the virtual antenna device where a virtual antenna remote electrical tilt (RET) subunit is located
New para mete r
VRETSU BUNIT
SUBUNITNO
MOD VRETSUBUNIT and LST VRETSUBUNIT
ID of the RET subunit
New para mete r
VRETSU BUNIT
BEAMAZIMUT H
MOD VRETSUBUNIT
Horizontal beam azimuth
New para mete r
VRETSU BUNIT
HORIZONTAL BEAMWIDTH
MOD VRETSUBUNIT
Horizontal beamwidth
New MO
VRET
N/A
N/A
MO for the virtual RET in AAS modeling
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-107
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Performance Management None
Fault Management None
3.39.7 Related Features The adjustable horizontal bandwidth supported by this feature is constrained by the adjustable azimuth supported by the WRFD-150238 Azimuth Adjustment feature.
3.40 WRFD-150238 Azimuth Adjustment (New/Optional) 3.40.1 Feature Description This feature is introduced in RAN14.0. When multiple arrays of antenna elements are placed horizontally and driven by several transceivers (TRXs), the BTS3803E supports horizontal beamforming. For a site with this configuration, operators can use this feature to adjust the horizontal beam azimuth by changing the weight values for different antenna arrays on the horizontal plane, therefore optimizing network coverage and improving network performance. In addition, this feature allows operators to remotely adjust the horizontal beam azimuth, improving maintenance efficiency and reducing the operating expense (OPEX). A BTS3803E may not be installed in the best position for reasons such as:
Easy access to power supply or transmission resources
Unnoticeable deployment in scenarios such as residential areas
Figure 3-7 illustrates horizontal beam azimuth adjustment. The dashed black line indicates the normal line of the beam before azimuth adjustment, and the red line indicates the variation range of the normal line after azimuth adjustment.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-108
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Figure 3-7 Horizontal beam azimuth adjustment
3.40.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity If the BTS3803E is installed in an inappropriate position, adjusting the horizontal azimuth can make the antenna beam cover the target area effectively, therefore increasing the system capacity and offloading efficiency.
Network Performance User experience is improved after interference is controlled by horizontal azimuth adjustment.
3.40.3 NEs This feature requires the support of the NodeB, M2000, and CME.
3.40.4 Hardware This feature applies only to the BTS3803E.
3.40.5 Inter-NE Interface None
3.40.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is controlled by licenses at the sector level.
Configuration Management For details about the new MOs and MML commands, see 3.39 "WRFD-150237 Horizontal Beamwidth Adjustment."
Table 3-72 lists the new parameters, MOs, and related MML commands.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-109
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Table 3-72 New parameters, MOs, and related MML commands Change Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New paramete r
VRETSUBUNIT
BEAMAZIMU TH
MOD VRETSUBUNIT
Horizontal beam azimuth
Performance Management None
Fault Management None
3.40.7 Related Features The adjustable horizontal beam azimuth supported by this feature is constrained by the adjustable beamwidth supported by the WRFD-150237 Horizontal Beamwidth Adjustment feature.
3.41 WRFD-140103 Call Reestablishment (New/Basic) 3.41.1 Feature Description Call reestablishment is a function by which radio links (RLs) are reestablished when a service interruption or an access failure occurs in temporary coverage holes and in tunnels, elevators, and buildings that cause significant signal quality fluctuation. Call reestablishment can be initiated by a UE or the RAN.
Call reestablishment initiated by a UE: The UE sends a call reestablishment request to the network to restore services upon detecting a downlink RL failure or a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset.
Call reestablishment initiated by the RAN: After the RAN detects a service interruption or an access failure (possibly due to an SRB reset or an uplink RL failure) before the UE does, the RAN stops the UE's downlink RL sets to enable the UE to detect downlink RL failures as soon as possible. Upon detecting a downlink RL failure, the UE sends a call reestablishment request to the RAN to restore services.
This document describes only call reestablishment initiated by the RAN.
3.41.2 System Capacity and Network Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance Call reestablishment initiated by a UE reduces the call drop rate. Call reestablishment initiated by the RAN reduces the call drop rate and ensures user experience. During call reestablishment, CS UEs may experience temporary one-way audio or no audio. During RB setups, call reestablishment prolongs the service setup delay.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-110
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.41.3 NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.41.4 Hardware No impact.
3.41.5 Inter-NE Interfaces This feature affects the NBAP_RL_ACT_CMD message on the Iub interface. The RNC uses this message to notify the NodeB that the downlink RL sets of a UE must be stopped.
3.41.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is not under license control.
Configuration Management For this feature, some switches have been added to the RNC, as listed in Table 3-73. Table 3-73 Switches added for this feature on the RNC Switch
Parameter
MML Command
Description
RSVDBIT 1_BIT24
RsvdPara 1
SET URRCTRLSW ITCH
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment in case of a CS call drop. This switch is turned on when RSVDBIT1_BIT24 is set to 0.
RSVDBIT 1_BIT25
RsvdPara 1
SET URRCTRLSW ITCH
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment in case of a PS call drop. This switch is turned on when RSVDBIT1_BIT25 is set to 0.
RSVDBIT 1_BIT22
RsvdPara 1
SET URRCTRLSW ITCH
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment in case of an SRB reset. This switch is turned on when RSVDBIT1_BIT22 is set to 0.
RSVDBIT 1_BIT23
RsvdPara 1
SET URRCTRLSW ITCH
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment in case of an RL failure. This switch is turned on when RSVDBIT1_BIT23 is set to 0.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-111
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Switch
Parameter
MML Command
Description
IUR_RL_ REEST_ SWITCH
ulProcess Switch4
SET URRCTRLSW ITCH
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment when a call is dropped and there is an Iur link. This switch is turned on when IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH is set to 1.
RESERV ED_SWI TCH_1_ BIT26
Reserved Switch1
SET UCORRMPA RA
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment in case of a PS TRB reset. This switch is turned on when RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BI T26 is set to 1.
RSVDBIT 1_BIT26
RsvdPara 1
SET URRCTRLSW ITCH
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment when a UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message with a cause value of an SRB reset. This switch is turned on when RSVDBIT1_BIT26 is set to 0.
RESERV ED_SWI TCH_1_ BIT14
RsvSwitc h1
SET UCORRMPA RA
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment when RB reconfiguration triggered by the DCCC feature fails. This switch is turned on when RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BI T14 is set to 1.
RESERV ED_SWI TCH_1_ BIT20
RsvSwitc h1
SET UCORRMPA RA
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment when RB reconfiguration triggered by the DCCC feature expires. This switch is turned on when RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BI T20 is set to 1.
RNCAP_ RB_SET UP_RL_ REEST_ SWITCH
ulProcess Switch4
SET URRCTRLSW ITCH
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment when an SRB reset occurs in an RB setup. This switch is turned on when RNCAP_RB_SETUP_RL_R EEST_SWITCH is set to 1.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-112
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Switch
Parameter
MML Command
Description
ASU_RS P_TIME OUT_HA NDLE_S WITCH
ulProcess Switch2
SET URRCTRLSW ITCH
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment when an active set update expires. This switch is turned on when ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HAN DLE_SWITCH is set to 1.
PHY_RE CFG_RE EST_SW ITCH
PROCESS SWITCH4
SET URRCTRLSW ITCH
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment when physical channel reconfiguration fails. This switch is turned on when PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWIT CH is set to 1.
RESERV ED_SWI TCH_1_ BIT19
PROCESS SWITCH1
SET URRCTRLSW ITCH
This switch controls whether to trigger call reestablishment when physical channel reconfiguration expires. This switch is turned on when RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BI T19 is set to 1.
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management No impact.
3.41.7 Related Features No impact.
3.42 WRFD-140104 Enhanced Combined Services(New/Basic) 3.42.1 Feature Description On networks with CS+PS combined services, the CS service in CS+PS combined services experiences a higher call drop rate than a single CS service because CS+PS combined services have different bearer channel types and signaling procedures from a single CS service. This feature improves the performance of CS+PS combined services by implementing the following policies: Bearer channel type and access rate control policy for PS BE services in combined services, service release policy, rate increase policy, and cross processing of signaling procedures for CS+PS combined services.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-113
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.42.2 System Capacity and Network Performance System Capacity
The throughput of a single UE will be reduced if the following control policies are implemented on PS BE services in combined services when data transmission requirements on the network are large: − The
uplink or downlink of PS BE services are fixedly carried on the DCH.
− Periodic
channel retry is not allowed for PS BE services.
− HSUPA services
cannot use the 2 ms TTI.
The capacity of PS services on the whole network will be improved if the following policies are implemented on PS BE services in combined services: − Bearer
channel type and access rate control policy for PS BE services during a setup of combined services
− Service
release policy for PS BE services in combined services (excluding the PS BE services not released after the expiration of PS always online timer function)
− CQI
feedback period for combined services
Network Performance
The bearer channel type and access rate control policy for PS BE services during a setup of combined service reduces the call drop rate of CS service in combined services and ensures the experience of PS UEs because this policy does not control the bearer channel type and access rate for PS BE services in the follow-up procedures. − The
improvement of call drop rates is determined by network coverage, networking topology, and parameter configurations. For example, on an inter-frequency network, the larger the coverage scope, the less the improvement. On a network configured with the service steering networking policy, the improvement is noticeable.
− If
PS BE services in combined services cannot use the HSPA technology, they can only be carried on the DCH that has low data rates when data transmission requirements on the network are large. In this case, the experience of PS UEs deteriorates when the coverage is good.
− If
downlink PS BE services switch from the HS-DSCH to the DCH, and the data rate of PS BE services is greater than 0 kit/s, the combined services will consume more code resources in the downlink. If the traffic volume of combined services is high, code resources will be congested.
This policy applies to a network where the frequency of PS BE data transmission in combined services is low and most data packets are heartbeat packets. For example, PS BE data is transmitted only one to two times every 90s during the processing of CS services and only heartbeat packets are transmitted periodically.
Cross processing of signaling procedures for combined services improves the access success rate of CS UEs.
3.42.3 NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC.
3.42.4 Hardware None
3.42.5 Inter-NE Interfaces None
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-114
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.42.6 Operation and Maintenance License This feature is not under license control.
Configuration Management The following parameters have been introduced on the RNC side, as describe in Table 3-74. Table 3-74 New RNC parameters Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
RsvU8Para0
SET UALGORSVPARA
Bearer channel type and access rate of PS BE services during a setup of combined services
ReservedSwitch0:RESERVED_SWITCH_ 0_BIT28
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
Whether P2D or P2F state transition is first performed if the UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state initiates a CS service
ReservedSwitch0:RESERVED_SWITCH_ 0_BIT14
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
Whether the access rate of PS BE services is set to DCH0K when a UE processing PS BE services initiates a CS service and performs a P2D state transition
ReservedSwitch1:RESERVED_SWITCH_ 1_BIT6
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
Whether PS BE services use low data rates after a UE processing PS BE services performs a P2D state transition
ReservedSwitch0:RESERVED_SWITCH_ 0_BIT15
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
Whether PS BE services in CS+PS BE combined services are carried on the DCH in the downlink
ReservedSwitch0:RESERVED_SWITCH_ 0_BIT11
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
Whether PS BE services in CS+PS
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-115
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description PE combined services are carried on the DCH in the uplink
DraSwitch:DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RE TRY_SWITCH
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
Prohibits UEs processing PS BE services in CS+PS BE combined services from performing periodic channel retry
MapSwitch:MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_ SWITCH
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
Prohibits UEs processing HSUPA services in combined services from using the 2 ms TTI
RsvSwitch1:RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT 7
SET UALGORSVPARA
Whether to transition a UE to the CELL_FACH state if there is no PS BE data transmission after a CS service release in CS+PS BE combined services
PROCESSSWITCH3:PS_INACT_NOTREL _FOR_CSPS_SWITCH
SET URRCTRLSWITCH
Whether PS BE services are released after the PS always online times expires in CS+PS BE combined services
RsvSwitch6:RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT3
SET UALGORSVPARA
Whether rate increase by DCCC caused by event 4A is allowed for a UE with a data rate of DCH0K in CS+PS BE combined services
RsvSwitch1:RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT 8
SET UALGORSVPARA
Whether rate increase in both the uplink and downlink is allowed when traffic volumebased event 4A is received in the downlink or uplink
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-116
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description of PS BE services in CS+PS BE combined services
ReservedSwitch1:RESERVED_SWITCH_ 1_BIT16
SET UCORRMPARA:
Whether rate increase for PS BE services in CS+PS BE combined services depends on cell load
ReservedU32Para0
SET UNBMPARA
Load threshold factor for determining whether rate increase is allowed for PS BE services when cell loadbased rate increase for PS BE services in CS+PS BE combined services is enabled
RsvSwitch0:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT 17
SET UALGORSVPARA
Whether the RNC sends the CN a SECURITY MODE COMMAND REJECT message when a cell update procedure is initiated during a security mode control procedure
ReservedSwitch0:RESERVED_SWITCH_ 0_BIT17
SET UCORRMPARA
Whether CS service can be set up during an F2P state transition
RsvdPara1:RSVDBIT1_BIT21
SET URRCTRLSWITCH
Whether the CS service continues to be established when the UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message during a F2D state transition
RsvSwitch0:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT 21
SET UALGORSVPARA
Whether the CS service continues to be established when the UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-117
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description during the following CS service setup procedures:
PcSwitch:PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PL US_PS_SWITCH
CQIFBckBaseCsCombServ
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
SET UHSDPCCH ADD UCELLHSDPCCH
The UE processing PS BE services in the CELL_FACH state initiates a CS service.
The CS UE has established an RRC connection in the CELL_FACH state.
Whether the CQI feedback period is specified by the CQIFBckBaseCsC ombServ parameter for the following combined services:
The CS service is carried on the DCH in the uplink and the service type is conversational service.
PS BE services are carried on HSDPA channels in the downlink.
CQI feedback period for CS+PS BE combined services
PacketReTransRatio
ADD UCELLRLACTTIME
Retransmission rate of signaling packets in CS+PS BE combined services
RsvSwitch1:RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT 1
SET UALGORSVPARA
Whether PS BE services are released before the combined CS hard handover and relocation
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-118
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description procedure when CS service and PS BE services in combined services use different relocation policies
Performance Management The following counters have been added on the RNC side, as described in Table 3-75. Table 3-75 New RNC counters Counter Name
Measurement Unit
Description
VS.MultiRAB.CSAbnormRel.CSPS
UCELL
Number of Abnormal CS Service Releases of CS+PS Combined Services for Cell
VS.MultiRAB.CSNormRel.CSPS
UCELL
Number of Normal CS Service Releases of CS+PS Combined Services for Cell
VS.MultiRAB.PSNormRel.CSPS
UCELL
Number of Normal PS Service Releases of CS+PS Combined Services for Cell
VS.MultiRAB.PSAbnormRel.CSPS
UCELL
Number of Abnormal PS Service Releases of CS+PS Combined Services for Cell
VS.MultiRAB.SuccEstab.CSPS
UCELL
Number of Successful CS+PS Combined Service Setups for Cell
VS.MultiRAB.AttEstab.CSPS
UCELL
Number of CS+PS Combined Service Setup Requests for Cell
Fault Management None
3.42.7 Related Features None
3.43 GSM Power Control on Interference Frequency for GU Small Frequency gap (New/Optional/GU) 3.43.1 Description This multi-mode feature is new in SRAN7.0. It includes the following GBSS14.0 and RAN14.0 features:
MRFD-211804 GSM Power Control on Interference Frequency for GU Small Frequency gap (GSM)
MRFD-221804 GSM Power Control on Interference Frequency for GU Small Frequency gap (UMTS)
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-119
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
In small GSM/UMTS frequency spacing scenarios (such as GU refarming 3.8 MHz and GU refarming 4.2 MHz), this feature reduces the interference of GSM to UMTS in the downlink by decreasing the transmit power of the GSM frequency that is 2.0 MHz or 2.2 MHz away from the UMTS center frequency, thereby increasing HSDPA throughput. Figure 3-8 shows the GU refarming 3.8 MHz and GU refarming 4.2 MHz scenarios. Figure 3-8 GU refarming 3.8 MHz and GU refarming 4.2 MHz
GSM data is sent in bursts on each TCH by using frequency hopping (FH). When the GSM data is transmitted on a frequency that is 2.0 MHz or 2.2 MHz away from the UMTS center frequency, GSM actively performs power compression on this frequency to reduce the interference to UMTS in the downlink. To compensate for power loss caused by power compression, GSM performs power compensation on non-interfering frequencies that also participate in FH. Power compression further decreases the power after power control whereas power compensation further increases the power after power control. Figure 3-9 illustrates the principles of power compression and power compensation.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-120
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Figure 3-9 Principles of power compression and power compensation
In addition, GSM compensates for the decreased signal level to prevent cell-edge MSs from unnecessary handovers.
3.43.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity In GU refarming 3.8 MHz and GU refarming 4.2 MHz scenarios, this feature improves HSDPA performance of the UMTS network operating at 900 MHz by reducing the transmit power of the GSM frequency that is 2.0 MHz or 2.2 MHz away from the UMTS center frequency. The HSDPA performance is improved in the following aspects:
Reduced HSDPA interference
Enhanced HSDPA link quality
Increased HSDPA cell throughput
Increased average number of HSDPA UEs
Network Performance To guarantee the GSM or UMTS network quality means to decrease the GSM receive quality. However, to guarantee the UMTS network quality will greatly affect GSM key performance indicators (KPIs). The affected GSM KPIs include the call drop rate, handover success rate, channel assignment success rate, congestion rate, and mean opinion score (MOS). In addition, power compensation for non-interfering frequencies increases the average downlink transmit power. The following two policies are alternative:
Preferentially guaranteeing the GSM network quality The GUDegratePwrPri parameter is set to GSM(GSM). During power decrease:
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-121
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
− If
the power of non-interfering frequencies is sufficiently compensated, the transmit power of the interfering frequency decreases to the desired value, which is equal to the maximum TRX transmit power minus the value of the GU2000KHzMaxVal parameter.
− If
the power of non-interfering frequencies is insufficiently compensated, the transmit power of the interfering frequency decreases to the allowed value, which is determined based on the power compensation amplitude.
Preferentially guaranteeing the UMTS network quality The GUDegratePwrPri parameter is set to UMTS(UMTS). During power decrease, the transmit power of the interfering frequency decreases to the desired value regardless of whether the power of noninterfering frequencies is sufficiently compensated or not. When the transmit power of GSM frequencies is reduced, the interference of GSM to UMTS decreases. This improves the UMTS KPIs and affects the GSM KPIs. The improved UMTS KPIs include HSDPA throughput and downlink quality-related counters, such as call drop rate and RAB setup success rate.
Table 3-76 lists the affected GSM and UMTS KPIs. Table 3-76 Affected GSM and UMTS KPIs Mode
GSM
UMTS
KPI
Impact
High quality indicator (HQI)
Decrease
Call drop rate
Slight increase
Channel assignment success rate
Slight decrease
Handover success rate
Slight decrease
MOS
Slight decrease
Average downlink transmit power
Increase
Congestion rate
Slight increase
HSDPA throughput
Increase
Call drop rate
Decrease
RAB setup success rate
Increase
3.43.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the GSM BSC, GSM BTS, and NodeB.
3.43.4 Hardware No impact.
3.43.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-122
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.43.6 Operation and Maintenance License
A site-level license for this feature is added on the GSM BSC side.
A site-level license for this feature is added on the NodeB side.
Configuration Management This feature introduces the parameters on the GSM BSC side, as shown in Table 3-77. This feature has no impact on the UMTS side. Table 3-77 New parameters on the GSM BSC side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added paramete r
GUDegrate PwrCtrl
SET GCELLNonStand ardBW
Whether to enable frequencybased power control
Added paramete r
CELLID
SET GCELLNonStand ardBW
Cell in which frequency-based power control is enabled
Added paramete r
GUDegrate PwrPri
SET GCELLNonStand ardBW
Frequency-based power control policy. If this parameter is set to GSM(GSM), this feature guarantees the GSM network quality while minimizing interference to the UMTS network. If the non-interfering frequencies do not obtain sufficient power compensation, the transmit power of the interfering frequency cannot be minimized. If this parameter is set to UMTS(UMTS), this feature preferentially guarantees the UMTS network quality. Even if the non-interfering frequencies do not obtain sufficient power compensation, the transmit power of the interfering frequency can be minimized.
Added paramete r
GU2000KHz MaxVal
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
SET GCELLNonStand ardBW
Maximum decrease in the transmit power of the interfering frequency when there is a 2.0 MHz frequency spacing between the GSM and UMTS networks. The desired transmit power of the interfering frequency that is 2.0 MHz away from the UMTS center
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-123
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Change Type
Parameter ID
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
MML Command
Description frequency is equal to the maximum TRX transmit power minus the value of this parameter.
Added paramete r
GU2200KHz MaxVal
SET GCELLNonStand ardBW
Maximum decrease in the transmit power of the interfering frequency when there is a 2.2 MHz frequency spacing between the GSM and UMTS networks. The desired transmit power of the interfering frequency that is 2.2 MHz away from the UMTS center frequency is equal to the maximum TRX transmit power minus the value of this parameter.
Added paramete r
UMTSFreqN um1
SET GCELLNonStand ardBW
Downlink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) for the first UMTS frequency that has a 2.0 MHz or 2.2 MHz spacing with the GSM frequency in GU refarming scenarios.
Added paramete r
UMTSFreqN um2
SET GCELLNonStand ardBW
Downlink ARFCN for the second UMTS frequency that has a 2.0 MHz or 2.2 MHz spacing with the GSM frequency in GU refarming scenarios.
Added paramete r
NAHRComp Coeff
SET GCELLNONSTAN DARDBW
Proportion of power compensation for the noninterfering frequencies to power decrease each time the transmit power of the interfering frequency is decreased by 1 dB for enhanced full rate (EFR), full rate (FR), half rate (HR), and adaptive multirate (AMR) FR calls. When this parameter is set to 0, power compensation is not performed on the non-interfering frequencies.
Added paramete r
NAHRComp OffVal
SET GCELLNonStand ardBW
Power compensation offset for EFR, FR, HR, and AMR FR calls. This parameter is used to calculate the power compensation for the non-interfering frequencies.
Added paramete r
AHRCompC oeff
SET GCELLNonStand ardBW
Proportion of power compensation for the noninterfering frequencies to power decrease each time the transmit
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-124
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
Change Type
Parameter ID
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
MML Command
Description power of the interfering frequency is decreased by 1 dB for AMR HR calls. When this parameter is set to 0, power compensation is not performed on the non-interfering frequencies.
Added paramete r
AHRComp OffVal
SET GCELLNonStand ardBW
Power compensation offset for AMR HR calls. This parameter is used to calculate the power compensation for the noninterfering frequencies.
Performance Management This feature adds the counters on the GSM BSC side, as shown in Table 3-78. This feature has no impact on the UMTS side. Table 3-78 New counters on the GSM BSC side Change Type
Counter
Measuremen t Unit
Description
Added counter
CELL.2MDISTUR B.AVG.FALL.POW ER.RANGE
GBTS.GCELL
Average Power Decrease on GSM 2.0 MHz Interfering Frequency
Added counter
CELL.2.2MDISTU RB.AVG.FALL.PO WER.RANGE
GBTS.GCELL
Average Power Decrease on GSM 2.2 MHz Interfering Frequency
Added counter
CELL.UNDISTUR B.AVG.UP.POWE R.RANGE
GBTS.GCELL
Average Power Increase on GSM Non-Interfering Frequency
Fault Management No impact.
3.43.7 Impact on Other Features This feature must be used together with the WRFD-021001 Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier feature or must be used with both of the following features:
MRFD-211703 2.0MHz Central Frequency point separation between GSM and UMTS mode (GSM)
MRFD-221703 2.0MHz Central Frequency point separation between GSM and UMTS mode (UMTS)
The UMTS network performance improves when this feature is used with any of the following features:
WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA
GBFD-117601 HUAWEI III Power Control Algorithm
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-125
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
GBFD-117602 Active Power Control
GBFD-114801 Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) Downlink
GBFD-114803 Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) Uplink
3.44 Dynamic MA for GU Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (New/Optional/GU) 3.44.1 Description This multi-mode feature is new in SRAN7.0. It includes the following on the GBSS14.0 and RAN14.0:
MRFD-211803 Dynamic MA for GU Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (GSM)
MRFD-221803 Dynamic MA for GU Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (UMTS)
This feature enables the BSC to change the mobile allocation (MA) of a timeslot set. After this feature is enabled, the BSC monitors the channel occupation condition of the cell and determines whether the spectrum sharing or spectrum reclaim conditions are met. When the conditions are met, the BSC selects the timeslot set that is suitable for MA changing in a cell and starts a timer. When the timer expires, the BSC notifies the BTS to change the MA of the timeslot set without affecting GSM services.
3.44.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity This feature increases the network throughput and single-user throughput by sharing GSM spectrum with UMTS because UMTS has higher spectral efficiency than GSM. In the GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing feature which was introduced in SRAN6.0, a GSM cell generally uses a single MA when spectrums are not shared. In addition, the BSC can share spectrums only when the traffic volume of the cell is lighter than what can be carried on the BCCH TRX. This limits the opportunities for spectrum sharing. With the Dynamic MA for GU Dynamic Spectrum Sharing feature, the BSC shares spectrums without affecting GSM services by changing the MA of timeslots when the traffic volume of the cell is lighter than what can be carried on two or three TRXs. This increases the opportunities for spectrum sharing and therefore increases the PS service throughput.
Network Performance GSM network performance: This feature reduces the GSM bandwidth because the BSC shares GSM spectrum with UMTS. The impact on GSM KPIs is as follows:
The number of handovers increases. During spectrum sharing, MSs are handed over from one TRX to another, and therefore the number of handovers in the cell increases.
The call drop rate increases. During spectrum sharing, the number of ARFCNs in the MA for GSM decreases. Therefore, the FH gain decreases, the internal interference of GSM increases, and the call drop rate increases.
The service quality during drive test deteriorates. During spectrum sharing, the FH gain decreases, the internal interference of GSM increases, and the service quality during drive test deteriorates.
The congestion rate increases.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-126
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
During spectrum sharing, the number of TRXs for GSM decreases. Therefore, the congestion rate may increase. UMTS network performance:
The number of inter-frequency handovers increases. During spectrum sharing, many MSs in the UMTS cell are handed over to new frequencies through inter-frequency handovers. Similarly, when the UMTS reclaims spectrums to GSM, many MSs are handed over to the original frequencies through inter-frequency handovers. As a result, the number of inter-frequency handovers in the UMTS cell increases.
The inter-frequency handover success rate may decrease. When the UMTS reclaims spectrums to GSM, a timer is started for inter-frequency handovers and calls drop when the timer expires. During a sudden spectrum reclaim, blind handovers are performed. Therefore, the inter-frequency handover success rate may decrease.
The call drop rate may increase. When the UMTS reclaims spectrums to GSM, a timer is started for inter-frequency handovers and calls drop when the timer expires. During a sudden spectrum reclaim, blind handovers are performed. Therefore, the call drop rate may increase.
3.44.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the GSM BSC, GSM BTS, and NodeB.
3.44.4 Hardware No impact.
3.44.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.44.6 Operation and Maintenance License
A site-level license for this feature is added on the NodeB side.
A site-level license for this feature is added on the GSM BSC side.
Configuration Management The Dynamic MA for GU Dynamic Spectrum Sharing feature must be activated before this feature is enabled. This feature introduces the parameters on the GSM BSC side, as shown in Table 3-79. This feature has no impact on the UMTS side. Table 3-79 New parameters on the GSM BSC side Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added parameter
TRXDSSHOPI NDEX
SET GTRXCHANHOP
FH index of channels after spectrum sharing
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-127
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added parameter
TRXDSSMAIO
SET GTRXCHANHOP
MAIO of channels after spectrum sharing
Performance Management This feature introduces the BSC-level counters on the GSM BSC side, as shown in Table 3-80. This feature has no impact on the UMTS side. Table 3-80 New counters on the GSM BSC side Change Type
Counter
Measuremen t Unit
Description
Added counter
CELL.DYN.MA.R EQ
GBTS.GCELL
Number of dynamic MA changing requests
Added counter
CELL.DYN.MA.S UCC
GBTS.GCELL
Number of successful dynamic MA changing
Added counter
CELL.DYN.MA.F AIL
GBTS.GCELL
Number of failed dynamic MA changing
Fault Management No impact.
3.44.7 Impact on Other Features Required Features This feature depends on the following features:
MRFD-211802 GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (GSM)
MRFD-221802 GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (UMTS)
GBFD-113701 Frequency Hopping (RF hopping, baseband hopping)
Mutually Exclusive Features
GBFD-117001 Flex MAIO
MRFD-211703 2.0MHz Central Frequency point separation between GSM and UMTS mode (GSM) or MRFD-221703 2.0MHz Central Frequency point separation between GSM and UMTS mode (UMTS)
Affected Features Handover algorithm: During dynamic MA changing, the BSC performs an intra-cell handover on MSs in the GSM cell. Admission algorithm: During dynamic MA changing, the BSC preferentially allocates timeslots with new MA to new MSs.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-128
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.45 Multi-mode BS Common IPSec (New/Optional/GUL) 3.45.1 Description This multi-mode feature is new in SRAN7.0. It includes the following on the GBSS14.0, RAN14.0, and eRAN3.0:
MRFD-211602 Multi-mode BS Common IPSec (GSM)
MRFD-221602 Multi-mode BS Common IPSec (UMTS)
MRFD-231602 Multi-mode BS Common IPSec (LTE)
In IP networking, IPSec provides secure data transmission and encryption for base stations and ensures confidentiality, integrity, and availability for transmission. IPSec security services are offered at the IP layer, and therefore the following upper layers can use the security services:
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP)
IPSec is a protocol suite for IP communications security and provides high-quality, interoperable, and cryptography-based security for IP packet transmission. Communication parties ensure the following security characteristics of data transmission on the network by encrypting and authenticating IP packets:
Confidentiality: User data is encrypted and transmitted in ciphertext.
Integrity: The received data is verified to determine whether the data has been tampered with.
Authentication: Data origin is verified to confirm the sender of the data.
Anti-replay: The main goal of anti-replay is to prevent malicious attackers from repeatedly sending captured packets. The receiver discards old or repeated packets.
In dual-mode and multi-mode scenarios, IPSec tunnels are shared among GSM, UMTS, and LTE modes by using the UTRP board or by interconnecting the GTMU and the LTE UMPT through the backplane. This ensures secure data transmission and reduces operator's deployment costs. Figure 310 illustrates the multi-mode networking. Figure 3-10 Multi-mode networking
GSM UMTS
UTRP IP1
LTE
IP Backhaul IPsec Tunnel IP2 SecGW
BSC/SGW/MME/RNC
3.45.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity This feature has no impact on system capacity. However, a new IPSec header is prefixed to the IP packet after IPSec is enabled. Therefore, a higher transmission bandwidth is required for the same amount of network traffic. The increase in bandwidth varies depending on the site and traffic model.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-129
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Network Performance This feature improves transmission security for base stations. However, this feature involves encryption and decryption and therefore increases transmission delay. The increase in one-way delay is less than 0.1 ms and can be ignored.
3.45.3 Impact on NEs This feature requires that the MBTS in GSM/UMTS/LTE mode support IPSec.
3.45.4 Hardware This feature requires Huawei multi-mode base stations (MBTSs) and depends on the following hardware:
UTRPc In dual-mode and multi-mode scenarios, this feature depends on the new UTRPc board introduced in SRAN7.0.
GTMU and UMPT In GL dual-mode scenarios, this feature requires that the GTMU and the LTE UMPT be interconnected through the backplane.
3.45.5 Inter-NE Interface This feature affects only the private interface between the MBTS and the M2000.
3.45.6 Operation and Maintenance License Site-level licenses for this feature are added on the GSM BSC, NodeB, and eNodeB.
Configuration Management When this feature is enabled, IPSec must be configured for the base station that controls the UTRPc board. No new parameter related to this feature is added.
Performance Management No new counter related to this feature is added.
Fault Management No new alarm or event related to this feature is added.
3.45.7 Impact on Other Features
Required Features − MRFD-221501
IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side (NodeB)
− At
least, one of these features (GBFD-113524 BTS Integrated IPsec, WRFD-140209 NodeB Integrated IPSec, LOFD-003009 IPsec) is required.
Affected Features − UMTS Automatic Address
Configuration Protocol (AACP)
Multi-mode BS Common IPSec cannot be used together with the UMTS AACP function.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-130
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
In scenarios with IPSec enabled, the DHCP server must allocate an interface IP address to the base station before site deployment is performed. The base station then uses the IP address to set up a temporary IPSec tunnel to the SeGW and communicates with the M2000. In UMTS AACP, the M2000 allocates the IP address through the SeGW. The SeGW, however, cannot transfer AACP packets to the base station, which leads to AACP failures. − BTS
Local Switch
Multi-mode BS Common IPSec cannot be used together with the GBFD-117702 BTS Local Switch feature. The BTS supports BTS Local Switch. When IPSec is used, implementing BTS Local Switch requires the SeGW to transfer packets. However, BTS Local Switch is a Huawei proprietary feature, with which the BTS cannot interconnect with the SeGW and does not perform Interoperability Test (IOT) with the SeGW.
3.46 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side (Enhanced/Optional/GUL) 3.46.1 Description This multi-mode feature is enhanced in SRAN7.0. It includes the following on the GBSS14.0, RAN14.0, and eRAN3.0:
MRFD-211501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side (GBTS)
MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side (NodeB)
MRFD-231501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side (eNodeB)
In SRAN7.0, this feature introduces a new function in which an MBTS supports IP-based cotransmission through backplane interconnection. This function includes main-control-board-based cotransmission through backplane interconnection and UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection. NOTE
Both dual- and triple-mode base stations support IP-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
Co-transmission through panel interconnection In this co-transmission mode, the main control board of a mode provides the co-transmission port and the main control boards of all modes are connected through backplane interconnection. The cotransmission port must be an FE/GE port. Figure 3-11 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the GUL MBTS side.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-131
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Figure 3-11 Main-control-board -based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the GUL MBTS side MME
UCIU S-GW GTMUb UMPT_U
IP network
GBSC UMPT_L RNC MBSC
As shown in Figure 3-11, the UMPT_U provides the co-transmission port and the main control board of LTE is connected to the UCIU through the CI optical ports. The UCIU is managed by GSM or UMTS that is in the same BBU of the UCIU. It is recommended that GSM be preferentially used as the managing mode of the UCIU, then UMTS, and the last LTE. Service data of GSM is transmitted between the GTMUb and the UMPT_U through the UCIU. Service data of LTE is transmitted between the UMPT_U and the UMPT_L through the UCIU.
UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection In this co-transmission mode, the UTRPc board of a mode provides the co-transmission port and the main control boards of all modes are connected through backplane interconnection. The cotransmission port must be an FE/GE port. When a UTRPc is used for co-transmission, the UTRPc forwards data for multiple modes but is managed by only one mode. The mode that manages the UTRPc is called the managing mode, and other modes are called non-managing modes. Figure 3-12 shows an example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the GUL MBTS side.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-132
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Figure 3-12 UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the GUL MBTS side MME/S-GW
... UTRPc
UCIU
IP network
GTMUb UMPT_U
MBSC
UMPT_L
As shown in Figure 3-12, the UTRPc provides the co-transmission port and the UMPT_L is connected to the UCIU through the CI optical ports. The UCIU is managed by GSM or UMTS that is in the same BBU of the UCIU. It is recommended that GSM be preferentially used as the managing mode of the UCIU, then UMTS, and the last LTE. Service data of GSM and UMTS is directly transmitted between the UTRPc and the service board of each mode. Service data of LTE is transmitted between the UTRPc and the UMPT_L through the UCIU.
3.46.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
3.46.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the GSM BTS, GSM BSC, NodeB, and CME.
3.46.4 Hardware
IP co-transmission on the GU MBTS side GSM and UMTS base station should share the BBU to support this feature. Main-control-board-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection requires that the GTMUb be configured on the BTS side and the UMPT_U be configured on the NodeB side.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-133
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection requires that the GTMUb be configured on the BTS side and the UTPRc be configured on the NodeB side.
IP co-transmission on the UL MBTS side UMTS mode and LTE FDD mode boards must be co-located within the same BBU. Main-control-board-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection requires that the UMPT_U be configured on the NodeB side. It is recommended that the UTRPc be configured on the eNodeB side in the case of UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
IP co-transmission on the GL MBTS side Main-control-board-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection requires that the GTMUb be configured on the BTS side. It is recommended that the UTRPc be configured on the eNodeB side in the case of UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
IP co-transmission on the GUL MBTS side A triple-mode base station supports BBU cascading by interconnecting the UCIU and UMPT boards in two BBUs. BBU cascading by UCIU+UMPT enables the different modes of the GSM, UMTS, and LTE to share the transmission resources. Main-control-board-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection requires that the GTMUb be configured on the BTS side, the UMPT_U be configured on the NodeB side, and the UMPT_L be configured on the eNodeB side. UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection requires that the GTMUb be configured on the BTS side. When the NodeB or eNodeB uses an independent BBU, the UMPT_U must be configured on the NodeB side and the UMPT_L must be configured on the eNodeB side. It is recommended that the UTRPc be configured on the eNodeB side.
3.46.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.46.6 Operation and Maintenance License
A site-level license for this feature exists on the GSM BSC side.
A site-level license for this feature exists on the NodeB side.
A site-level license for this feature exists on the eNodeB side.
Configuration Management The following commands are added to GSM BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB. Change Type
MML command
Description
Added command
SET BRDRAT
Setting RAT of the UTRPc board
Added command
ADD TUNNEL
Adding a backplane tunnel for the UTRPc board
Added command
RMV TUNNEL
Removing a backplane tunnel for the UTRPc board
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-134
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Change Type
MML command
Description
Added command
LST TUNNEL
Listing backplane tunnels for the UTRPc board
The following parameters are modified on NodeB, eNodeB. Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Modified parameter
PT
ADD/MOD RSCGRP
Port type. Added the port type of tunnel to configure transmission resource groups on tunnels.
Modified parameter
PT
SET RSCGRPALG
Port type. Added the port type of tunnel to configure the transmission resource group algorithm on tunnels.
Modified parameter
PT
ADD/MOD IPPATH
Port type. Added the port type of tunnel to configure IP paths on tunnels.
Modified parameter
PT
ADD/RMV HSUPAFLOW CTRLPARA
Port type. Added the port type of tunnel to configure HSUPA flow control on tunnels.
Modified parameter
PT
ADD/RMV HSDPAFLOW CTRLPARA
Port type. Added the port type of tunnel to configure HSDPA flow control on tunnels.
Modified parameter
PT
ADD/RMV IP2RSCGRP
Port type. Added the port type of tunnel to configure the mapping between an IP address and a transmission resource group on tunnels.
Modified parameter
PT
SET LR
Port type. Added the port type of tunnel to configure data rate limitation on tunnels.
Performance Management Counters related to this feature are measured on transmission ports. Therefore, no new counter is added for this feature.
Fault Management No impact.
3.46.7 Impact on Other Features This feature depends on the following features:
IP co-transmission on the GU MBTS side
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-135
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report − GBFD-118601 Abis − WRFD-050402
over IP or GBFD-118611 Abis IP over E1/T1
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
IP co-transmission on the UL MBTS side − WRFD-050402
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
IP co-transmission on the GUL MBTS side − GBFD-118601 Abis − WRFD-050402
over IP
Iub over IP
3.47 IP-Based Multi-mode Common Clock on BS side (Enhanced/Optional/GUL) 3.47.1 Description This multi-mode feature is enhanced in SRAN7.0. It includes the following on the GBSS14.0, RAN14.0, and eRAN3.0:
MRFD-211601 IP-Based Multi-mode Common Clock on BS side (GBTS)
MRFD-211601 IP-Based Multi-mode Common Clock on BS side (NodeB)
MRFD-231601 Multi-mode BS Common Reference Clock(eNodeB)
In SRAN7.0, this feature introduces a new function to support IP-Based Multi-mode Common Clock of a triple-mode. As shown in Figure 3-13 and Figure 3-14, one mode of a GUL triple-mode base station is configured with a synchronous Ethernet clock source, which is then shared by the other two modes. As shown in Figure 3-13, BBU Interconnection is activated on a GUL triple-mode base station. The WMPT board receives synchronous Ethernet clock signals from the transport network using an FE link and forwards them to the GTMU and UCIU boards. Upon receiving the clock signals, the UCIU board sends them to the UMPT board. As shown in Figure 3-14, BBU Interconnection is also activated on a GUL triple-mode base station. The UMPT board receives synchronous Ethernet clock signals from the transport network using a GE link and forwards them to the UCIU board. Upon receiving the clock signals, the UCIU board sends them to the GTMU and WMPT boards.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-136
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Figure 3-13 A common synchronous Ethernet reference clock in the primary BBU of a GUL triple-mode base station
Figure 3-14 A common synchronous Ethernet reference clock in the secondary BBU of a GUL triple-mode base station
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-137
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.47.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
3.47.3 Impact on NEs No impact.
3.47.4 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.47.5 Operation and Maintenance License
A site-level license for this feature exists on the GSM BSC side.
A site-level license for this feature exists on the NodeB side.
A site-level license for this feature exists on the eNodeB side.
Configuration Management No impact.
Performance Management No impact.
Performance Management No impact.
3.47.6 Impact on Other NEs No impact.
3.47.7 Impact on Other Features No impact.
3.48 Bandwidth sharing of MBTS Multi-mode Co-Transmission (Enhanced/Optional/UL) 3.48.1 Description This multi-mode feature is enhanced in SRAN7.0. It includes the following on the RAN14.0 and eRAN3.0:
MRFD-221505 Bandwidth sharing of MBTS Multi-mode Co-Transmission (NodeB)
MRFD-231505 Bandwidth sharing of MBTS Multi-mode Co-Transmission (eNodeB)
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-138
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
This feature is applicable to scenarios of IP over FE/GE co-transmission of an MBTS. In SRAN7.0, this feature introduces a new function to enable bandwidth sharing between UMTS and LTE. Figure 3-15 shows the networking mode.
IP
eNodeB
FP FP FP
/
UDP
IP SW
LTE UMTS
Rou ter
IP
LTE UMTS
PPP
NodeB
FP
IP SW Rou ter
GTP-U GTP-U GTP-U GTP-U GTP-U
UDP
IP
MME/S-GW
/ PPP
FP FP FP
GTP-U GTP-U GTP-U GTP-U GTP-U
Figure 3-15 Networking mode in bandwidth sharing of MBTS multi-mode co-transmission
Co-transmission Frame Protocol
RNC
In LTE/UMTS co-transmission, telecom operators uniformly manage the UMTS and LTE transmission resources by defining service priorities and assigning different bandwidth to services with different priorities. When transmission resource congestion occurs, this feature maintains the continuity of highpriority services by allowing them to dynamically share transmission resources. Telecom operators can assign different priorities to UMTS and LTE services, for example, LTE signaling, LTE voice service, LTE high-priority data service, LTE low-priority data service, UMTS signaling, UMTS voice service, R99 data service, and HSPA service. Differentiated services code point (DSCP) values are assigned according to the priority of each service. Transmission nodes preferentially forward data packets of high-priority services based on DSCP values. On detecting transmission resource congestion, the MBTS automatically reduces the bandwidth allocation for low-priority services based on the service priority policies to eliminate congestion. This ensures that the actual transmission bandwidth occupied by UMTS and LTE services during peak hours always approaches the configured bandwidth (for example, 10 Mbit/s). This feature allows telecom operators to reduce the investments in transmission devices. In UMTS/LTE co-site scenarios, this feature reduces the transmission cost and simplifies the transmission network. In addition, this feature enables the smooth evolution from UMTS to LTE.
3.48.2 Capacity and Performance System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance If inter-RAT parameter settings, such as inter-RAT bandwidth allocation and inter-RAT QoS planning, are inappropriate, enabling this feature increases the service congestion rate. That is, the data rate of low-priority services such as BE services decreases and their packets may be lost. With appropriate network planning, this feature does not affect the network performance.
3.48.3 Impact on NEs This feature is implemented on the RNC, NodeB, and eNodeB. To enable this feature, the transmission devices on the bearer network must support DSCP-based scheduling and level-1 shaping based on physical ports.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-139
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.48.4 Hardware No impact.
3.48.5 Inter-NE Interface No impact.
3.48.6 Operation and Maintenance License
A site-level license for this feature is added on the eNodeB side.
A site-level license for this feature exists on the NodeB side.
Configuration Management To enable this feature, QoS parameters must be planned on the UMTS and LTE networks in a unified way. In addition, the planned QoS parameters must be configured on the transmission equipment. No parameter is added for this feature on the UMTS and LTE side.
Performance Management No impact.
Fault Management No impact.
3.48.7 Impact on Other Features This feature enhancement depends on the following features:
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side (NodeB)
MRFD-231501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side (eNodeB)
3.49 Other Impacts 3.49.1 Introduction In RAN14.0, the following enhancements and improvements have been added:
Increased maximum number of FACH users
Shortened RRC CONNECTION SETUP message
Enhanced call reestablishment
Dynamic activation time adjustment for 13.6 kbit/s signaling
HSPA serving cell change in weak-coverage scenarios
Canceling of inter-frequency handovers of speech services
Optimized control mechanism for inter-frequency handovers
Asynchronous reconfiguration for inter-frequency handovers
Intelligent fast state transition
Priorities of inter-RAT handovers and inter-frequency handovers
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-140
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Optimization for uplink power admission
Protection against outer-loop power control congestion in the case of a high RTWP
Fast synchronization on the physical layer (L1)
UMTS-to-LTE fast return
PS RRC resource preemption
Initial TTI selection for coverage-based BE services
RSCP-based cell reselection
Dynamic BLER Adjustment for AMR Voice Services
Maintenance mode alarms
Optimized mechanism for handling major VSWR alarms
Standby/active switchover time configured based on BFD
3.49.2 Increased Maximum Number of FACH Users RAN14.0 no longer has a limitation on the maximum number of users in the CELL_FACH state whose CCCH/DCCH/DTCH is mapped onto the FACH in the downlink and onto the RACH in the uplink (referred to as FACH users for short) in a cell. Compared with RAN13.0, RAN14.0 increases the maximum number of E-FACH or E-RACH users in a cell from 48 to 300. After the preceding limitation is removed, more online users can stay in the CELL_FACH state. This prevents frequent state transitions, which reduce the control plane load and the cell load on the Uu interface. However, increases in FACH bandwidth usage may lead to FACH congestion, which can be alleviated by FACH decongestion. Removing the limitation increases the number of FACH users and therefore brings the following changes:
The FACH becomes more severely congested and a TRB reset occurs, which increases the downlink call drop rate.
A large amount of data is transmitted on the RACH. Therefore, when the number of FACH users increases and the number of users in the CELL_DCH state basically remains unchanged, the uplink RTWP and call drop rate increase.
When the total number of FACH users and users in the CELL_DCH state basically remains unchanged, more FACH users result in fewer users in the CELL_DCH state. This reduces the RTWP in the cell and the transmit power of non-HSPA channels, increasing the RAB setup success rate.
The limitation on the maximum number of FACH users carried on the S-CCPCH can be removed by running the RNC MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH or MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL under NBMCacAlgoSwitch set to 1. The FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL switch is turned off by default. MAXEFACHUserNum and MaxERACHUserNum in the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCAC or MOD UCELLCAC specify the maximum number of E-FACH users and the maximum number of ERACH users, respectively.
3.49.3 Shortened RRC CONNECTION SETUP Message In RAN14.0, the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message sent from the RNC to the UE is shortened by replacing the information element (IE) RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same as RB:0x2(2). This function enables more UEs to receive the shortened message when coverage is weak and increases the success rate of radio resource control (RRC) connection setup.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-141
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
This function can be enabled by turning on the RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH switch under PROCESSSWITCH4 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command. This switch is turned off by default.
3.49.4 Enhanced Call Reestablishment RAN14.0 supports call reestablishment in the following scenarios:
Scenario 1: A call fails to be set up due to a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset during a physical channel reconfiguration. The physical channel reconfiguration may occur during the following processes: − Compressed − Intra-
or inter-frequency hard handover
− Serving − Code
mode startup
cell change
tree reshuffling
− HSUPA power − Event
adjustment
6D or 6F reporting
Scenario 2: A call fails to be set up when an SRB reset occurs or the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message during a radio bearer (RB) setup.
Scenario 3: Call reestablishment is implemented across the Iur interface.
This function can be enabled by turning on one of the following switches under PROCESSSWITCH4 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command:
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH: applies to scenario 1 and is turned off by default.
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH: applies to scenario 2 and is turned off by default.
IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH: applies to scenario 3 and is turned off by default.
With this function, the call drop rate decreases and the service setup success rate increases. For combined services, the probability of service setup failures or call drops decreases. However, this function has the following negative impacts:
CS users may experience temporary one-way audio or mute phenomenon.
Service setup delay increases during an RB setup.
3.49.5 Dynamic Activation Time Adjustment for 13.6 kbit/s Signaling If the signal quality Ec/No of the best cell reported by a UE is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, the RNC does not change the current activation time offset for 13.6 kbit/s signaling. If the signal quality Ec/No is smaller than the preset threshold, the RNC increases the activation time offset. The threshold is specified by the RNC parameter ActtimeAdjustQualThd in the SET UFRC command. In scenarios with weak coverage, this function increases the number of signaling messages retransmitted at the Radio Link Control (RLC) layer during a synchronous reconfiguration. Therefore, the probability of UEs receiving the signaling messages increases, which in turn increases the service access success rate. In this case, service setup delay is prolonged by about 500 ms. The value range of ActtimeAdjustQualThd is -24 to 0 (in unit of dBs). The default value of this parameter is -24, indicating that this function is unavailable.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-142
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.49.6 HSPA Serving Cell Change in Weak-Coverage Scenarios Upon receiving an event 1D report, the RNC does not trigger an HSPA serving cell change if the Ec/Io of the target serving cell is smaller than the threshold specified by the RNC parameter WeakCovHSPAQualThds in the SET UHOCOMM command. In scenarios with weak coverage, this function reduces frequent HSPA serving cell changes, which in turn reduces the call drop rate. In this case, however, UEs may not be handed over in a timely manner to target cells with better signal quality, and data transmission performance may deteriorate for UEs processing both CS and PS services. The value range of WeakCovHSPAQualThds is -24 to 0 (in unit of dBs). The default value of this parameter is -24, indicating that this function is unavailable.
3.49.7 Canceling of Inter-Frequency Handovers of Speech Services When a UE is performing an inter-frequency handover, the RNC does not immediately release the radio link for the UE upon receiving a PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION FAILURE message. The UE returns to the source cell. This function reduces call drops caused by inter-frequency handover failures in speech services, which improves user experience. After a handover failure, if the hyper frame number (HFN) of the UE is not adjusted based on the change in the connection frame number (CFN), there is a possibility that speech noise occurs. This function can be enabled by turning on the AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH switch under PROCESSSWITCH4 in the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. This switch is turned off by default.
3.49.8 Optimized Control Mechanism for Inter-Frequency Handovers In periodic measurements for an inter-frequency handover, a UE must report downlink signal quality of the best cell in the original active set. If the signal quality Ec/No is greater than the upper threshold UsedFreqUpperThdEcNo or is smaller than the lower threshold UsedFreqLowerThdEcNo, the RNC does not trigger the inter-frequency handover. When the signal quality Ec/No is smaller than the lower threshold, inter-frequency handovers are not performed. This prevents handover failures and call drops due to UEs not receiving any inter-frequency handover instruction during fast fading of the source cell. When the signal quality Ec/No is greater than the upper threshold, the source cell can still ensure radio link quality and user experience after measurement results are reported. In this case, inter-frequency handovers are unnecessary, which prevents handover failures and call drops caused by fast fading in the target cell. This function can be enabled by turning on the HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH switch under HoSwitch in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command. This switch is turned off by default.
3.49.9 Asynchronous Reconfiguration for Inter-Frequency Handovers In scenarios where the uplink and downlink transport channels carrying SRBs remain unchanged before and after inter-frequency handovers, RAN14.0 introduces asynchronous reconfiguration. Compared with synchronous reconfiguration, asynchronous reconfiguration does not require activation time and therefore increases the number of retransmitted RLC packet data units (PDUs) in a PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION message.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-143
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
This function increases the probability of UEs receiving PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION messages so that UEs can achieve fast synchronization with the target cell. This provides the following advantages:
Increased handover success rate
Reduced call drop rate
Shortened signaling delay during inter-frequency handovers
During an inter-frequency handover, however, service interruption delay may increase by 10 ms to 50 ms. For inter-frequency handovers that are not across the Iur interface:
For a CS service, this function can be enabled by turning on the CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH switch under PROCESSSWITCH4 in the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. This switch is turned off by default.
For a PS service, this function can be enabled by turning on the PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH switch under PROCESSSWITCH4 in the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. This switch is turned off by default.
For inter-frequency handovers across the Iur interface, this function can be enabled by turning on the preceding switches and the IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH switch under PROCESSSWITCH4. The IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH switch is turned off by default.
3.49.10 Intelligent Fast State Transition In RAN14.0, intelligent fast state transition enables the RNC to analyze and estimate a UE's data transmission based on historical data sent from the UE and determine whether to perform fast state transition on the UE. Before enabling this function, the CELL_PCH function must be enabled on the network. RAN14.0 implements intelligent fast state transition in two scenarios.
Scenario 1: From CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH For a UE in connected mode, the RNC counts the interval between the time when the UE moves from the CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH state and the time when the UE moves back from the CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH state. Based on the interval at which the UE currently transmits data, the RNC estimates the interval for subsequent data transmission. If the current interval is greater than a threshold specified by the RNC parameter TthdForSFSTUserIdentify, the RNC decides to perform fast state transition on the UE. Upon completing data transmission, the UE quickly moves from the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state. Compared with state transition controlled by a default timer in earlier versions, fast state transition in scenario 1 enables UEs to move from the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state in a shorter period of time after data transmission. This provides the following advantages:
Reduces the time when UEs without data transmission use DCHs
Reduces the Uu interference from the UE on other UEs
Increases system capacity
Improves CE resource utilization
Fast state transition in scenario 1 applies to networks where there are a large proportion of smartphones that do not send Signaling Connection Release Indication (SCRI) messages. In this scenario, this function is controlled by the DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH switch under DraSwitch in the RNC MML commands SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and ADD UCELLDCCC/MOD UCELLDCCC, which are used to set the switch for the RNC and cell, respectively. Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-144
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Scenario 2: From CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH For a connected UE, the RNC counts the data transmission volume between the time when the UE moves from the CELL_PCH state to the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state and the time when the UE moves back from the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH state. The RNC collects the UE's data transmission volume for multiple occurrences to predict the UE's data transmission volume for the next occurrence.
If the data transmission volume is consistently greater than the threshold specified by the RNC parameter TvmThdForSmartP2D, the RNC predicts that the UE's data transmission volume will be greater than this threshold at the next occurrence. When the UE transmits data at the next occurrence, the RNC directly puts the UE in the CELL_PCH state into the CELL_DCH state for fast transmission.
If the data transmission volume is not consistently greater than this threshold, the RNC predicts that the UE will transmit a small amount of data at the next occurrence. When the UE transmits data at the next occurrence, the RNC puts the UE in the CELL_PCH state into the CELL_FACH state.
In RAN14.0, the cell-level 4A threshold is configurable and is specified by the RNC parameter BeF2DHTvmThdForFACHCong. In case of FACH congestion in a cell, this threshold can be set to a small value. Fast state transition in scenario 2 has the following advantages:
Reduces FACH congestion in the cell.
Reduces delay during transmission of a large amount of data.
Improves user experience.
In this scenario, this function is controlled by the DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH switch under DraSwitch in the RNC MML commands SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and ADD UCELLDCCC/MOD UCELLDCCC, which are used to set the switch for the RNC and cell, respectively.
3.49.11 Priorities of Inter-RAT Handovers and Inter-frequency Handovers This function only works for coverage-based inter-RAT handovers and inter-frequency handovers. When a user needs to perform an inter-RAT or inter-frequency handover, the RNC first delivers an interfrequency measurement control message and starts a timer. The RNC delivers an inter-RAT measurement control message if the timer expires. With this function, neighboring UMTS cells take precedence over neighboring GSM cells as handover target cells. This improves user experience and increases the proportion of inter-frequency handovers. If inter-frequency signals are poor, delay in inter-frequency handovers is longer and therefore call drops are more likely to occur. For CS services and CS/PS combined services, the timer is CsHoPrioMeasTimerLen. For PS services, the timer is PsHoPrioMeasTimerLen. The default values of the timers are 0, indicating that this function is disabled. If the default values are used, the RNC delivers an inter-RAT measurement control message and an inter-frequency measurement control message simultaneously. The target cell chosen depends on which type of measurement report reaches the RNC and meets the handover conditions earlier. The value of the CsHoPrioMeasTimerLen or PsHoPrioMeasTimerLen parameter cannot be too large. Otherwise, users cannot be handed over to neighboring inter-RAT cells when there are no suitable neighboring inter-frequency cells. This increases the probability of call drops.
3.49.12 Optimization for Uplink Power Admission RAN14.0 provides a new algorithm: uplink power admission algorithm 4. This algorithm makes admission decisions based on the uplink service load in a cell. It uses service-specific admission thresholds. When the load of the network is heavy, CS services are admitted on a preferential basis.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-145
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
When the ratio of the RTWP in a cell to the background noise remains high, both the average number of online users and the number of online HSUPA users are large. In this case, this function reduces the RTWP to improve coverage and lowers the call drop rate to increase the effective capacity of the system. When the number of users in a cell is small and the RTWP is high due to heavy traffic, uplink power admission algorithm 4 has the following advantages over uplink power admission algorithms 1 and 3:
More admitted users
Increased access and handover success rates
Reduced call drop rate
Uplink power admission algorithm 2 is based on the number of equivalent users. When the number of equivalent users specified by UlTotalEqUserNum is set to a large value using uplink power admission algorithm 2, compared with uplink power admission algorithm 2, uplink power admission algorithm 4 is stricter and brings the following changes:
Admits fewer users
Reduces the handover success rate
Increases the call drop rate
In uplink power admission algorithm 4, the uplink service load is calculated based on the background noise. The background noise used for the calculation depends on whether the Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Algorithm is enabled:
If the algorithm is enabled, the automatically updated background noise is used.
If the algorithm is disabled, the preconfigured background noise is used.
If the background noise used for the calculation is lower than the actual value, the calculated uplink service load is higher than its actual value, which decreases the admission success rate. If the background noise used for the calculation is higher than the actual value, the admission success rate increases. However, the RTWP and call drop rate also increase. The switch for this function is controlled by the RNC-side cell-level parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch. To enable this function, run the ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH or MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH command to set this parameter to ALGORITHM_FOURTH. Uplink power admission algorithm 4 makes admission decisions based on the total uplink service load which depends on the NodeB boards' measurement of the uplink service load. Not all NodeB boards support the measurement. Therefore, not all NodeBs support uplink power admission algorithm 4. The following NodeBs do not support uplink power admission algorithm 4:
The BTS3812A, BTS3812E, and BTS3812AE do not support uplink power admission algorithm 4.
The DBS3800 does not support uplink power admission algorithm 4.
The DBS3900 does not support uplink power admission algorithm 4 if it is configured with a WBBPa board or a 20 W RRU3801C.
Uplink power admission algorithm 4 cannot be used together with the WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell feature.
3.49.13 Measurement of the Actual Uplink Service Load RAN14.0 introduces the measurement of the actual uplink service load, which takes the received total wideband power (RTWP), total uplink service load, and minimum guaranteed uplink service load into consideration. The total uplink service load equals the total load of R99 services, HSUPA services, and control channels. The minimum guaranteed uplink service load equals the total load of R99 services, HSUPA services performed at the GBR, and control channels. Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-146
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
Not all NodeBs support the measurement of the total uplink service load, the minimum guaranteed uplink service load, and the actual uplink service load. The following NodeBs do not support the measurement:
The BTS3812A, BTS3812E, and BTS3812AE do not support the measurement.
The DBS3800 does not support the measurement.
The 3900 series base station does not support the measurement if it is configured with a WBBPa board or a 20 W RRU3801C.
3.49.14 Protection Against Outer-loop Power Control Congestion in the Case of a High RTWP With this function, when the RTWP is too high, the NodeB restricts increases in the target signal-tointerference ratio (SIR) to keep the RTWP within an acceptable range. When the RTWP is high, this function reduces the RTWP, which has the following impact:
Improves voice service quality
Reduces the target signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) of BE services, and therefore increases the BLER on DCHs and HARQ retransmissions on HSUPA channels for BE services and reduces the cell throughput in either of the following scenarios: − The
RTWP is high, the external interference is strong, and the cell has a large number of users.
− The
RTWP is high and most users are located in a certain area of the cell.
The switch for this function is the NodeB parameter RTWPSIRTGTADJSWITCH in the SET ALGOPARA command. By default, this function is disabled.
3.49.15 Fast Synchronization on the Physical Layer (L1) RAN14.0 supports fast synchronization on the physical layer for users that do not use Push to Talk (PTT). For UEs that support R6 or a later release of 3GPP specifications, the information element PostVerification Period is sent to the UE during service setups, state transitions, and handovers. Upon receiving this information element, the UE sends data over the dedicated physical control channel (DPCCH) on the uplink. The UE does not need to wait for downlink synchronization to complete, and therefore the delay decreases by 40 ms under optimal conditions. NOTE
This function was introduced in 3GPP Release 6. However, whether a UE that complies with 3GPP Release 6 or later supports this function depends on UE implementation. If a UE that complies with 3GPP Release 6 or later does not support this function, the UE cannot obtain the gain in delay.
If a UE performs multipath searching and channel estimation based on the DPCH or F-DPCH rather than P-CPICH on the downlink, the number of Transmit Power Control (TPC) error codes increases when the UE sets up a radio link. The increase of error codes causes the uplink RTWP to fluctuate.
The gain from this function varies depending on the UE. Lab test results show that the average reduction in the delay for a UE is 25 ms on the user plane and 30 ms on the control plane.
The switch for this function is nonPTT_L1_Fast_Sync_Switch under the RNC-level parameter PROCESSSWITCH in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command. By default, this function is disabled.
3.49.16 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return In versions earlier than RAN14.0, when a UMTS/LTE dual-mode UE that complies with 3GPP Release 8 or later in a UMTS and LTE overlapping coverage area accesses a UMTS cell due to a CS fallback (CSFB) and terminates all services in the UMTS cell, the following is implemented:
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-147
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
The RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message does not contain the frequencies of the neighboring LTE cells of the UMTS cell.
The UE releases the RRC connection.
This is true irrespective of whether there is a neighboring LTE cell whose frequency has a higher absolute priority. After releasing the RRC connection, the UE selects and camps on the UMTS cell, obtains the UMTS cell system information from the MIB, SIB1, SIB3, SIB5, SIB7, or SIB19 message, and measures the signal quality of neighboring LTE cells. Upon detecting a neighboring LTE cell that fulfills the criteria for cell reselection, the UE attempts to camp on the LTE cell by using cell reselection. RAN14.0 supports UMTS-to-LTE fast return. With this function, the RNC sends the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message containing the frequencies of the neighboring LTE cells whose frequencies have higher absolute priorities to the UE. After releasing the RRC connection, the UE selects and camps on any suitable LTE cell that use the specified frequencies. This function accelerates UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection and improves user experience. This function is applicable in any of the following continuous LTE coverage scenarios:
A UMTS/LTE dual-mode UE that originates a CS service in an LTE cell accesses a UMTS cell due to PS-handover-based CSFB (the cause value carried in the RELOCATION REQUEST message is CS Fallback triggered (268), or CSFB information carried in the RELOCATION REQUEST message is set to CSFB or CSFB High Priority) and terminates all services in the UMTS cell.
A UMTS/LTE dual-mode UE that complies with 3GPP Release 9.4.0 or later releases and originates only CS services in an LTE cell accesses a UMTS cell due to redirection-based CSFB and terminates all services in the UMTS cell. In addition, the first service that the UE sets up in the UMTS cell is a CS service.
As indicated in 3GPP specifications, if the signal quality of the LTE frequencies contained in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message does not meet the conditions for UE camping, the UE keeps searching for these LTE frequencies for at least 10 seconds. Then, the UE attempts to search for all LTE frequencies supported by the UE. If the UE still cannot detect the optimal LTE cell, the UE randomly camps on a suitable cell. When searching for LTE signals, the UE cannot originate a call or be paged. Lab test results show that Huawei's UE E398 equipped searches for LTE signals for 23 seconds before camping on a UMTS cell in weak LTE coverage areas. The switch for UMTS-to-LTE fast return is HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the HoSwitch parameter. By default, this function is disabled. To enable it, run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command on the RNC and set the value of this switch to 1. In addition, this feature requires that the following parameters be configured:
SPriority in the ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD UCELLSELRESEL command: This parameter specifies the absolute priority of the serving UMTS cell.
NPriority in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command: This parameter specifies the absolute priorities of LTE frequencies. NOTE
If the value of NPriority is greater than that of SPriority, the LTE cell meets the conditions for UMTS-to-LTE fast return. In this case, the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message contains the frequency of a neighboring LTE cell. Otherwise, this message does not contain the frequency of a neighboring LTE cell.
3.49.17 PS RRC Resource Preemption The function of preempting PS RRC resources has been added to RAN14.0. RRC resources allocated to BE services in the PS domain can be preempted. This function extends the range of resources that can be preempted. When resource congestion occurs and there are no radio access bearers (RABs) to preempt, high-priority services like CS services can Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-148
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
preempt RRC resources allocated to BE services in the PS domain. This function raises the setup success rates of high-priority services. The switch for this function is the RNC-level parameter PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable. By default, this function is disabled. To enable it, run the SET UQUEUEPREEMPT command on the RNC to set the value of this switch to 1.
3.49.18 Initial TTI Selection for Coverage-based BE Services When a BE service is set up or reconfigured for an HSUPA user and the user meets the conditions for using a 2-ms transmission time interval (TTI), the following criteria are used for selecting a 2-ms TTI or a 10-ms TTI:
The RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message received by the RNC contains a P-CPICH Ec/No value. The RNC sets the TTI to 10 ms when both the conditions are met:
The time that has elapsed since this Ec/No value was reported is less than the value of the EcN0EffectTime parameter in the RNC command SET UFRC.
This Ec/No value is not greater than the value of the EcN0ThsFor2msTo10ms parameter in SET UFRC.
Otherwise, the RNC sets the TTI to 2 ms.
A 2-ms TTI is used only for HSUPA users performing BE services in good uplink coverage after this function is enabled. For HSUPA users performing BE services in weak uplink coverage, a 10-ms TTI is used. This reduces the HSUPA PS connection failure rate and increases the RAB access success rate. This function can be enabled by turning on the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH and DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH switches under the RNC-level parameter DraSwitch in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command. This function is disabled by default.
3.49.19 RSCP-based Cell Reselection RAN14.0 introduces RSCP-based cell reselection. This function also enables the UE to trigger a cell reselection based on the received signal code power (RSCP) value when the SIB3 or SIB4 message contains the IEs SsearchHCS and SHCSRat, instead of only based on the Ec/Io. With this function, UEs are quickly reselected to GSM cells when UMTS signals are weak and GSM signals are strong. This increases the probability of cell reselection for UEs in weak coverage areas and increases the RRC connection setup success rate as a result. This function can be enabled by running the command ADD UCELLHCS on the RNC with the NonHCSCompatSwitch parameter set to ON. This function is disabled by default.
3.49.20 Dynamic BLER Adjustment for AMR Voice Services To improve AMR voice service quality, this function adjusts the initially configured BLERtarget of AMR voice services based on the uplink load during initial access:
If the uplink of the best cell is not congested, this function reduces the initially configured BLERtarget to improve voice service quality and user experience. However, the UE transmit power and cell uplink load will increase.
If the uplink of the best cell is congested (LDR or OLC is triggered), the initially configured BLERtarget is used. This does not affect the uplink capacity.
This function is controlled by the switch PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST in the PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter and it is turned on by default. To change the setting for this switch, run the RNC command SET UCORRMPARA.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-149
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
3.49.21 Maintenance Mode Alarms The maintenance mode is an NE configuration mode. The method for configuring the maintenance mode for an NE is the same as that for configuring cells to be blocked or unblocked. Compared with RAN13.0, RAN14.0 incorporates the following changes in maintenance mode alarms:
In maintenance mode, only alarms that may cause severe damage to site equipment are displayed on the alarm console and reported to the network management system (NMS) through the northbound interface. These alarms include smoke alarms, over-temperature alarms, and water damage alarms. In this manner, maintenance personnel can handle these alarms in a timely manner. The maintenance mode can be configured in two ways: scheduled configuration and manual configuration. − In
scheduled configuration, users can set the start time and end time of the maintenance mode. The NE changes the maintenance mode as scheduled.
− In
other cases, users must manually change the maintenance mode.
The method for backing up and restoring maintenance mode data is the same as that for other configuration data.
Users can modify NE configuration data by using:
M2000 GUI for configuring maintenance mode
CME
MML commands on the M2000 and LMT
The precautions for using maintenance mode alarms are as follows:
Set the maintenance mode to Testing mode during base station deployment or relocation. When preparing data by using the CME or other tools, set the maintenance mode to Testing mode for new base station to prevent a large number of unnecessary alarms.
Check the maintenance mode of NodeBs after replacing the main control board. If the NodeB works as an independent NE, ensure that the maintenance mode is set as required after the main control board is replaced. In the case of an independent NE, the M2000 sends configuration and maintenance data directly to the NodeB, without going across the RNC.
Check that maintenance mode configurations are the same between the NodeB and the RNC. If the NodeB and RNC operate as independent NEs to each other, ensure that the maintenance mode configurations are the same between the NodeB and the RNC when using the CME or running MML commands. If there are any discrepancies, some alarms may have incorrect maintenance mode tags.
Perform manual operations to exit the maintenance mode. Manual operations are required for exiting the maintenance mode. If the required manual operations are not performed, alarms reported by NEs may not be reported to the NMS or be displayed on the M2000.
3.49.22 Optimized Mechanism for Handling Major VSWR Alarms This function has an impact on 3900 series base stations. In RAN13.0, the base station shuts down the power amplifier on a radio frequency (RF) module when a major ALM-26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed is reported on the RF module. VSWR stands for voltage standing wave ratio. This causes the cell served by the RF module to be out of service and therefore network quality deteriorates and KPIs degrade. However, the base station can still function by reducing the output power of the RF module in this case and enable the cell to provide basic services.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-150
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
In SRAN7.0, the mechanism for handling major VSWR alarms is optimized for single-mode and multimode base stations. When a major VSWR alarm is reported on an RF module, the base station decides whether to shut down the power amplifier based on user configurations.
If the user configurations specify that the power amplifier needs to be disabled upon the alarm generation, the base station shuts down the power amplifier immediately and the cell is out of service.
If the user configurations specify that the power amplifier needs not to be disabled upon the alarm generation, the base station reduces the transmit power of RF modules by half to prevent cell services from being interrupted.
This function has no impact on inter-NE interfaces and system capacity. Enabling this function helps to enhance network performance, improve KPIs, and reduce the probability of base stations being out of service.
3.49.23 Standby/Active Switchover Time Configured Based on BFD This function has been added to the NodeB. When two static routes for a base station work in active/standby mode, the base station uses the active route by default. If a fault occurs on the active route, an active/standby route switchover is performed. After the active route is restored, the base station automatically switches back to the active route. The switchover from the standby route to the active route (standby/active switchover for short) depends on Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD). The BFD checks whether the link status of the active route is normal on a per second basis. If the link status is normal, the standby/active switchover is performed. However, it may take 1 minute to 5 minutes to restore the active route, depending on the IP network deployed by different operators. Therefore, services may be interrupted for several minutes after the standby/active switchover. New parameters have been added so that users can configure the switchover time. This ensures the consistency between the switchover delay and the convergence time of the router. The switchover delay must be greater than or equal to the convergence time of the router. Otherwise, services are interrupted.
3.49.24 Optimized Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH Compared with the Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH feature in RAN13.0, which enables UEs in the uplink enhanced CELL_FACH state to share E-RGCH/E-HICH signature sequences with HSUPA users, the optimized Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH feature in RAN14.0 reserves some fixed E-RGCH/E-HICH signature sequences for UEs in this state. The optimization to the Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH feature automatically takes effect after this feature is activated. The optimized Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH feature ensures that UEs in the uplink enhanced CELL_FACH state can always obtain E-RGCH/E-HICH signature sequences. If the E-RGCH/E-HICH signature sequences reserved for UEs in the uplink enhanced CELL_FACH state are occupied by HSUPA users, the optimized Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH feature forcibly releases HSUPA users. Therefore, this feature may increase the call drop rate of HSUPA users. You are advised to use this feature during off-peak hours, for example, in the early morning. In addition, the total number of ERGCH/E-HICH signature sequences is fixed on a cell. This feature reserves some E-RGCH/E-HICH signature sequences for UEs in the uplink enhanced CELL_FACH state and consequently reduces the number of HSUPA online users on the cell.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-151
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
3 Impacts of RAN14.0 Features on RAN13.0
NOTE
The sum of common E-DCH resources configured for the optimized Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH feature (indicated by the CommonEdchResourceNum parameter) and HSUPA online users (which can be estimated based on counters VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell and VS.HSUPA.UE.Max.Cell must be less than or equal to 20 multiplying ErgchEhichCodeNum. ErgchEhichCodeNum should be set based on the estimated HSUPA online user number and the number of common E-DCH resources configured for the optimized Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH feature.
3.49.25 Inactivity-based F2P The RNC performs inactivity-related measurements. If a UE does not receive or transmit any data during a period specified by the inactivity timer and the RLC buffer is blank, the RNC enables the UE to transit from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_PCH state (abbreviated as F2P). Inactivity-based F2P increases the accuracy for triggering F2P transitions, and UEs receiving or transmitting small packets will not experience F2P transitions. This function sets more strict conditions for triggering F2P transitions and therefore reduces the reconfigurations for F2P2F transitions (transitions from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH and then to CELL_FACH again). Based on the same traffic model, this function reduces signaling messages used for RB reconfigurations and cell updates and does not significantly affect the distribution of the number of users in the CELL_FACH and CELL_PCH states. Inactivity-based F2P is disabled by default. To enable it, run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT31 under RsvSwitch turned on.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
3-152
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
4 Glossary
4 Glossary C CELL_DCH
An RRC connected mode in which the DCCH and DTCH are available. The DCCH and DTCH are mapped to the DCH
CELL_PCH
An RRC connected mode in which neither the DCCH nor the DTCH is available
Control Channel
A channel used to transmit digital control information between the base station and a cell phone
H Handover
A transfer of a user's connection from one radio channel to another(can be the same or different cells)
L LMT
The LMT is a logical concept. The LMT is connected to the external network of the RNC and provides the user interface for RNC operation and maintenance.
O Outer loop power control (OLPC)
A power control mode where the SRNC changes the target SIR for inner loop power control based on the quality estimation of uplink frames.
P Push to Talk
A service option for conversing in half-duplex mode. When a subscriber presses the PPT button, a PTT connection is set up instantly in the operator's network. A cell phone enabled with PTT integrates the functions of a walkie-talkie.
U Uplink
A unidirectional radio link for the transmission of signals from the user equipment to a base station, from a mobile station to another, or from a mobile station to a base station
URA_PCH
An RRC connected mode in which neither the DCCH nor the DTCH is available
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
4-1
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
5 Acronyms and Abbreviations
5 Acronyms and Abbreviations 3 3GPP
Third Generation Partnership Project
A AMR
adaptive multi-rate
ARP
Address Resolution Protocol
B BBU
BaseBand Unit
BFD
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
BLER
Block Error Rate
BSC
Base Station Controller
C CFN
Connection Frame Number
CHR
Call History Record
CME
Configuration Management Express
CN
Core Network
CPU
Central Processing Unit
CQI
Channel Quality Indicator
CS
Circuit Switched
D DCH
Dedicated Channel
DL
Downlink
DPCCH
Dedicated Physical Control Channel
DPCH
Dedicated Physical Channel
DSS
Dynamic Spectrum Sharing
E ETSI
European Telecommunications Standards Institute
F FACH
Forward Access Channel
F-DPCH
Fractional DPCH
FE
Fast Ethernet
G
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
5-1
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
5 Acronyms and Abbreviations
GE
Gigabit Ethernet
GGSN
Gateway GPRS Support Node
GPRS
General Packet Radio Service
GSM
Global System for Mobile Communications
GTP-U
GPRS Tunneling Protocol-User plane
H HFN
Hyper Frame Number
HSDPA
High Speed Downlink Packet Access
HSUPA
High Speed Uplink Packet Access
I IMSI
International Mobile Subscriber Identity
IP
Internet Protocol
IPSec
IP Security
L LDR
Load Reshuffling
LMT
Local Maintenance Terminal
LTE
Long Term Evolution
M MA
Mobile Allocation
MML
Man-Machine Language
MR
Measurement Report
MO
Managed Object
N NAS
Non-access Stratum
NBAP
NodeB Application Part
O OLC
Overload Control
P PCH
Paging Channel
P-CPICH
Primary Common Pilot Channel
PKI
Public Key Infrastructure
PS
Packet Switched
PTT
Push to Talk
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
5-2
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
5 Acronyms and Abbreviations
Q QoS
Quality of Service
R RAB
Radio Access Bearer
RAN
Radio Access Network
RAT
Radio Access Technology
RB
Radio Bearer
RLC
Radio Link Control
RNC
Radio Network Controller
RRC
Radio Resource Control
RRU
Remote Radio Unit
RTWP
Received Total Wideband Power
S SGSN
Serving GPRS Support Node
S-GW
Serving Gateway
SMS
Short Message Service
SMSC
Short Message Service Center
SPU
Signaling Processing Unit
SRB
Signaling Radio Bearer
T TPC
Transmission Power Control
TTI
Transmission Time Interval
U UE
User Equipment
UL
Uplink
UMTS
Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
URA
UTRAN Registration Area
W WCDMA
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
5-3
RAN14.0 Network Impact Report
6 References
6 References [1] RAN14.0 Feature List [2] RAN14.0 Feature Description [3] SRAN7.0&GBSS14.0&RAN14.0&eRAN3.0 DBS3900 Configuration Principle [4] RAN14.0 BTS3900C WCDMA Product Description [5] RAN13.0 BSC6900 Product Description [6] BSC6900 V9R014 UMTS Release Notes (for a specific patch) [7] 3900 Series WCDMA NodeB V200R014 Release Notes (for a specific patch) [8] BSC6900 UMTS Product Documentation [9] 3900 Series WCDMA NodeB Product Documentation [10] RAN14.0 Feature Documentation [11] M2000 V200R012 Network Impact Report [12] M2000 Product Documentation
Issue 05 (2013-06-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
6-1